BRRL

COVER REPLACEMENT LATCH, LOADCENTER

⚠️ Reference pricing provided. In case of supply shortages, we will connect you with our trusted procurement partners to ensure your project's continuity.
Manufacturer: EATON CUTLER HAMMER
Product type: Circuit Breaker Accessories
For Use With:Loadcenters and Circuit Breakers; Accessory Type:Cover Replacement Latch; Product Range:- 45K7127
For Use With: Loadcenters and Circuit Breakers
Product Range: -
Accessory Type: Cover Replacement Latch
Delivery and price
Units per pack	5
Price	12.58 €
Current stock	200+
Lead time	30 days
Datasheet
## Loadcenters and Circuit Breakers 

**==> picture [71 x 14] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
Residential Loadcenters<br>and Breaker Family<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


|**1.1**|**Type CH Loadcenters and Circuit Breakers**<br>Overview  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V1-T1-2**|**1**|
|---|---|---|---|
||Single-Phase  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V1-T1-7**|**1**|
||Three-Phase . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V1-T1-12**||
||CH Specialty Products  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V1-T1-14**|**1**|
||Spa Panels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .<br>Surge Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V1-T1-14**<br>**V1-T1-15**|**1**|
||Plug-On Neutral Loadcenter. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V1-T1-17**|**1**|
||Type CH Renovation Loadcenter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .<br>Type CH Retrofit Interior Kits  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V1-T1-18**<br>**V1-T1-19**|**1**|
||Non-Metallic Loadcenter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V1-T1-21**|**1**|
||CH Circuit Breakers  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V1-T1-31**||
|**1.2**|**Type BR Loadcenters and Circuit Breakers**||**1**|
||Overview. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V1-T1-42**|**1**|
||Single-Phase  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V1-T1-48**||
||Three-Phase . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V1-T1-54**|**1**|
||BR Specialty Products  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .<br>BR Quick Connect Neutral Loadcenters. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V1-T1-57**<br>**V1-T1-57**|**1**|
||Spa Panels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V1-T1-58**|**1**|
||Riser Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V1-T1-59**||
||Type BR Renovation Loadcenter  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V1-T1-60**|**1**|
||Type BR Retrofit Interior Kits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .<br>BR Circuit Breakers. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V1-T1-73**<br>**V1-T1-76**|**1**|
|**1.3**|**Loadcenter Interiors/OEM Loadcenters**||**1**|
||Product Description  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .<br>Standards and Certifications. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V1-T1-89**<br>**V1-T1-90**|**1**|
||Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V1-T1-90**|**1**|
|**1.4**|**Enclosed Breakers**||**1**|
||Product Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V1-T1-94**||
||Product Description  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V1-T1-94**|**1**|
||Standards and Certifications. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .<br>Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V1-T1-94**<br>**V1-T1-95**|**1**|
||Dimensions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V1-T1-95**|**1**|
|**1.5**|**Classified Circuit Breakers**<br>Product Description  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V1-T1-96**|**1**|
||Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V1-T1-97**|**1**|
||Accessories. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V1-T1-99**||
||Technical Data. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V1-T1-99**|**1**|
||Wiring Diagrams . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V1-T1-100**|**1**|



Learn Online 

**Volume 1—Residential and Light Commercial** CA08100002E—April 2017 www.eaton.com 

**V1-T1-1** 

## Revision notes 

Volume 1—Residential and Light Commercial, CA08100002E 

Tab 1—Loadcenters and Circuit Breakers 

|**Revision date**|**Section**|**Change page(s)**|**Description**|
|---|---|---|---|
|04/11/2017|1.1|V1-T1-38|Content edits|



**==> picture [139 x 46] intentionally omitted <==**

Loadcenters and Circuit Breakers 

1.1 

Type CH Loadcenters and Circuit Breakers 

**1 Eaton Type CH Convertible Family** 

## **Contents** 

**==> picture [245 x 124] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
|||
|---|---|
|Description|Page|
|Overview|
|Product Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|V1-T1-3|
|Features, Benefits and Functions  . . . . . . . . . .|V1-T1-3|
|Standards and Certifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|V1-T1-4|
|Catalog Number Selection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|V1-T1-6|
|Product Selection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|V1-T1-7|
|Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . .|V1-T1-29|
|CH Specialty Products  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|V1-T1-14|
|CH Loadcenter Options and Accessories . . . . . . .|V1-T1-22|
|CH Circuit Breakers. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|V1-T1-31|

**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


## **Overview** 

## **Product Selection Guide** 

## **CH Loadcenters** 

**==> picture [500 x 359] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
|||||
|---|---|---|---|
|Description|
|Service|
|Single-phase, three-wire, 120/240 Vac|Three-phase, four-wire, 208Y/120 Vac|
|Three-phase, three-wire, 240 V corner grounded delta|Three-phase, three-wire, 240 Vac delta|
|Short-Circuit Current Rating|
|10 kAIC: All single- and three-phase loadcenters 40–400 A, 2–42 circuits except when|35 kAIC available on convertible units using CSH main breaker|
|series ratings are applied|42 and 100 kAIC are available on some styles: single-phase and three-phase|
|25 kAIC: All factory-installed main breakers single-phase loadcenters rated 150–225 A|
|using Type CSR main breakers|
|Main Breaker/Main Lug Loadcenters|
|Single-phase|Three-phase|
|Main breaker: 100, 125, 150, 200, 225, 400 A|Main breaker: 150, 200, 225, 300, 400 A|
|Main lugs: 40, 70, 125, 150, 200, 225, 400 A|Main lugs: 125, 150, 200, 225, 400 A|
|Convertible Loadcenters|
|Main breaker or main lugs: single-phase up to 225 A|
|Branch Breakers|
|Type CH: 10–150 A. Single-, two- and three-pole. Selected amperages available in shunt|Type CH-AFCI arc fault circuit interrupter|
|trip, HACR and switching duty|Type CHP: 10–125 A. Single-, two- and three-pole. three-position commercial trip|
|Ground fault circuit interruptors: 15–60 A|Selected amperages available in HACR switching duty|
|Type CH-HID: 15–30 A. Single-, two- and three-pole|Type CHP-HID: 15–30 A. Single-, two- and three-pole|
|CH-HM high magnetic|Type CHP-GFCI: 15–30 A. Single-pole ground fault breakers|
|CH-M50 high ambient|
|Enclosures|
|NEMA|[®]|Type 1 indoor|NEMA Type 3R outdoor|
|Loadcenter and Breaker Accessories|
|Branch circuit breaker:|Complete line of ground bar kits 5, 10, 14 and 21 circuits, some with additional #2/0 lugs|
|Auxiliary components|Each terminal will accommodate: (3) #14–#10 Cu/Al or (1) #14–#4 Cu/Al|
|Hold-down kits|Sub-feed lugs 125, 150 A—two- and three-pole|
|Handle ties|Shunt trips|
|Lockoffs|Universal rainproof conduit hubs Group One: 3/4, 1, 1-1/4, 1-1/2, 2 inches (19.1, 25.4, 31.8, 38.1, 50.8 mm)|
|Group Two: 2, 2-1/2, 3 inches (50.8, 63.5, 76.2 mm)|
|Lockdogs|
|Adapter plate|
|Bussing|
|Silver flash plated copper bus is a standard feature|

**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


**Volume 1—Residential and Light Commercial** CA08100002E—April 2017 www.eaton.com 

**V1-T1-2** 

Loadcenters and Circuit Breakers 

1.1 

Type CH Loadcenters and Circuit Breakers 

**1** 

## **Product Description** 

Loadcenters are enclosures specifically designed to house the branch circuit breakers and wiring required to distribute power to individual circuits. They contain either a main breaker when used at the service entrance point or a main lug when used as a sub-panel to add circuits to existing service. The main breaker protects the main entire panel and can be used as a service disconnect. The branch breakers protect the wires leading to individual electrical loads such as fixtures and outlets. 

## **Features, Benefits and Functions** 

## _**Loadcenter Construction**_ 

Eaton’s Type CH loadcenters feature silver flash plated copper bus in all interiors. Stabs are rated 200 A throughout the CH line. Therefore, the sum of the handle ratings connected to any one stab is limited to 200 A maximum. NEMA 1 boxes are manufactured from cold rolled 16 gauge sheet steel. Raintight boxes are manufactured from galvanized steel. All boxes and trims are finished using an electrostatic powder coat, baked urethane paint process. 

## _**Neutrals**_ 

Eaton Type CH loadcenters feature two types of neutrals: 

## _**Insulated/Bondable Split Neutral**_ 

Panels are supplied with split insulated neutrals with an insulated cross strap. For service entrance applications, the neutral must be bonded by using the bonding strap supplied with the panel. For non-service entrance (subpanel) applications, the panel may be installed with the bonding strap not connected to the neutral. Separate ground bars must be used on non-service entrance panels. 

## _**Insulated/Bondable Single Neutral**_ 

Panels are supplied with a single insulated neutral. For service entrance applications, all that is required to bond the neutral is to loosen the bonding screw and the neutral screw directly beside it, insert the bonding strap into the neutral bar, and retighten both connections. The single neutral can be moved by the contractor to the other side of the panel, if desired. When used as a service entrance panel, unused neutral connections may be used for the termination of equipment grounds. For nonservice entrance (sub-panel) applications, the panel may be installed with the bonding strap not connected to the neutral. Separate ground bars must be used on non-service entrance panels. 

## _**Inboard Plug-On Neutral**_ 

Code changes and higher safety standards are leading to more arc fault circuit interrupter (AFCI) installations. With the electrical contractor in mind, Eaton has revolutionized the way Combination AFCIs are installed with the Plug-on Neutral line of loadcenters and breakers. This unique product solution enables the contractor to connect the breaker directly to the neutral bar, eliminating the need for wiring a pigtail. 

## _**Grounds**_ 

In service entrance applications where the neutral is bonded, unused neutral holes may be used for terminating ground conductors. In sub-feed panels, the neutral must be isolated (non-bonded), and ground wires must be terminated on a separate ground bar. 

The insulated/bondable single/split neutral panels have sufficient terminations for both ground and neutral conductors. The insulated/ bondable single split neutral panels are supplied with a separate factory-installed ground bar if the catalog number contains a “G.” If not, a separate ground bar should be installed. Insulated/ Bondable Single Neutral panels are supplied without a ground bar (unless otherwise noted), and ground bar kits, if needed, must be purchased separately. 

**Volume 1—Residential and Light Commercial** CA08100002E—April 2017 www.eaton.com 

**V1-T1-3** 

Type CH Loadcenters and Circuit Breakers 

**1** 

## 1.1 

## Loadcenters and Circuit Breakers 

## **Standards and Certifications** 

## _**UL**_[®] _**Listings**_ 

All Eaton Type CH loadcenters are listed under UL File E8741. 

## _**Neutral and Ground Terminals**_ 

The standard terminals on grounds and neutrals are rated to accept (3)—#14–#10 Cu/Al or (1)—#14–4 wires. For larger cables, add-on neutral lugs may be ordered from the Accessories. 

**Note:** NEC[®] allows only one current carrying conductor per hole on neutrals unless otherwise noted. 

## _**Bottom-Fed Loadcenters**_ 

When the power cable is brought into the loadcenter from below the panel; then the main lug panels, and single-phase, 225 A and below, loadcenters can be rotated 180 degrees to allow straight-in wiring of power cables to the main terminals. Because the CSR main circuit breaker handle operates horizontally, the orientation of the main circuit breaker handle is consistent with the requirements of NEC Article 240.81. 

## _**Gutter Splicing**_ 

Loadcenters are not UL listed as wiring troughs. Therefore, gutter splicing of riser cables to tap off to the main device is not permitted. Refer to NEC Article 373.8. 

## _**Fire Rating**_ 

Due to the numerous openings in both loadcenter boxes and trims, they should not be mounted in firewalls. There is no approval method for sealing the enclosures for this application. 

## _**Date Code**_ 

The date of manufacture of each loadcenter is printed on the outside of the carton as well as inside the loadcenter. On the carton, the date code is printed on the end carton label. In the loadcenter, the date code is located on the small white label located on the right side wall (with the main device on top). 

The date code is in the following format: F # # # &. The “F” is the numeric code for the Lincoln, IL plant, and the three numbers are the year and week of manufacture, e.g., 023. The “&” sign at the end signifies the decade of the 2000s. The “!” at the end signifies the decade of the 2010s. Therefore, the date code F023& would indicate that the product was manufactured in the 23rd week of 2000. The 1980s are represented by a “+” sign and the 1990s are represented by a “=” at the end of the code. 

## _**Plug-On Type CH Breakers**_ 

Quick-make, quick-break switch mechanism combined with inverse time element tripping operation and tripfree handle design. Type CH circuit breakers trip to the OFF position eliminating nuisance callbacks. The thermal-magnetic trip curve avoids nuisance tripping on mild overloads while reacting almost instantaneously to severe short-circuit conditions. CHF breakers include a ‘trip flag’ to differentiate between a tripped breaker and one that has been turned off. Multipole breakers have internal common trip connection to operate all poles simultaneously. Handles are marked with ON-OFF indication and ampere rating of the breaker. Type CH breakers meet UL Standard 489, NEMA standards, and Federal Spec Classification W-C 375 b/Gen. They are UL listed under File Number E11713, E8741, E3624 and E51287: and CSA[®] certified file number LR87196, except Type CHT breakers. 

## _**Type CH Circuit Breaker Ratings**_ 

Single- and double-pole CH breakers rated 15 and 20 A have low instantaneous magnetic trip levels. The 15 and 20 A breakers with “HM” suffix have high magnetic trip settings recommended for circuits with inherently high inrush currents. All Type CH breakers are marked for heating, air conditioning and refrigeration (HACR) equipment application. Single-pole 15–20 A breakers are also suitable for switching duty (SWD). Shunt trip coils operate on 120 Vac and require one additional pole space per breaker. 

**Volume 1—Residential and Light Commercial** CA08100002E—April 2017 www.eaton.com 

**V1-T1-4** 

Loadcenters and Circuit Breakers 

1.1 

Type CH Loadcenters and Circuit Breakers 

**1** 

## **Type CH Loadcenter** 

Extra 1.5 inch Knockout (38.1 mm) 

- Larger knockout provides easier installation and time savings for renovation installations 

- Top or Bottom Feed 

   - “Tangential” Center Knockout 

   - Easier installation for conduit applications 

   - Unique Sandalwood Finish ■ Aesthetically appealing, scratch-resistant powder coating 

- Straight-in wiring saves labor and material 

- One panel for either top or bottom applications 

Neutral Bus (Strap) 

   - Easily removable for sub-panel applications 

- 2/0 Lug 

- Easily removable and can be installed in any location on the neutral bar 

Commercial Grade Main Breaker 

- 25 kAIC series rated main breaker in 150 A–225 A loadcenters. 35, 42 and 100 kAIC series ratings are available 

- Optional convertible design— reduces inventory requirements 

- One Piece Silver-Flashed Copper Bus 

- Provides superior conductivity, corrosion resistance and durability 

- Drywall Marking on Enclosure ■ Indicates proper mounting depth for flush applications 

- Steel Backpan 

- Provides solid and reliable breaker mounting—single piece design for stability and durability 

Bonding Z-Strap 

- Provides easy field conversion for service entrance applications 

## Twin Neutral Bars 

- Minimum 150% neutral capacity 

Type CHF AFCI/GFCI/Thermal - Magnetic Breakers 

- Advanced electronics effectively reduce nuisance tripping 

- CHF AFCI breakers have a standard diagnostic LED indicating 1 of 7 trip codes 

- Mechanical flag for trip indication (on thermal-magnetic AFCI and GFCI) 

- All CH breakers provide industry exclusive 2-position handle with simple 1 step reset 

Single Keyhole Mounting 

- One keyhole at the top and bottom provides easier mounting and leveling 

## _**Warranty**_ 

- The minimum warranty ● Lifetime warranty on for residential loadcenters, CHSPT2ULTRA including breakers and surge protection $75,000 connected devices shall be as follows: equipment warranty 

- Lifetime loadcenter warranty 

- Lifetime warranty on CH circuit breakers 

- 1-year warranty on plug-in surge protective device (CHSA) 

**Volume 1—Residential and Light Commercial** CA08100002E—April 2017 www.eaton.com 

**V1-T1-5** 

Loadcenters and Circuit Breakers 

1.1 

Type CH Loadcenters and Circuit Breakers 

**1** 

## **Catalog Number Selection** 

## **Loadcenters 100–225 A and 12–42 Circuits** 

**==> picture [356 x 165] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
CH 42 B 200 K<br>LC Type Box Sizes<br>Type CH 3/4-inch (19.1 mm) Main Device Bus Amperes B<br>branch circuit breakers L = Main lug only 40 150 C<br>B = Main breaker 70 200 D<br>Number of Circuits N = Convertible 100 225 E<br>Selection circuits H = High AIC  125 G<br>main breaker J<br>2 20 K<br>4 22 L<br>8 24 Construction Phases R  = Outdoor (no cover)<br>12 28 Blank = Standard Blank  = Single-phase<br>14 30 PN = Plug-on neutral 3 = Three-phase Accessories<br>16 32 Blank = Standard<br>18 42 EC = Surge ready<br>SUR = Surge factory<br>installed<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


## **Indoor Covers Ordered Separately** 

**==> picture [355 x 104] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
CH 8 K F<br>Type CH Mounting Accessories<br>Factory Options Loadcenter F = Combination  Blank  = Standard<br>Blank  = Standard  Cover Series flush/surface M = Mechanical interlock<br>SUR = Surge/surge ready S  =  Surface<br>Box Size<br>Indicated in loadcenter<br>catalog number<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


**Note:** All combinations are not valid, refer to the catalog section. 

**Volume 1—Residential and Light Commercial** CA08100002E—April 2017 www.eaton.com 

**V1-T1-6** 

Loadcenters and Circuit Breakers 

1.1 

Type CH Loadcenters and Circuit Breakers 

## **Product Selection** 

**1** 

## _**Single-Phase—Main Circuit Breaker Loadcenters—10/25 kAIC**_ 

## **Single-Phase Three-Wire—120/240 Vac—Insulated/Bondable Split Neutral (Unless Otherwise Noted)** 

|**CH42B200K**|**Single-Phase Three-Wire—120/240 Vac—Insulated/Bondable Split Neutral (Unless Otherwise Noted)**|**Single-Phase Three-Wire—120/240 Vac—Insulated/Bondable Split Neutral (Unless Otherwise Noted)**|**Single-Phase Three-Wire—120/240 Vac—Insulated/Bondable Split Neutral (Unless Otherwise Noted)**|**Single-Phase Three-Wire—120/240 Vac—Insulated/Bondable Split Neutral (Unless Otherwise Noted)**|**Single-Phase Three-Wire—120/240 Vac—Insulated/Bondable Split Neutral (Unless Otherwise Noted)**|**Single-Phase Three-Wire—120/240 Vac—Insulated/Bondable Split Neutral (Unless Otherwise Noted)**|**Single-Phase Three-Wire—120/240 Vac—Insulated/Bondable Split Neutral (Unless Otherwise Noted)**|**Single-Phase Three-Wire—120/240 Vac—Insulated/Bondable Split Neutral (Unless Otherwise Noted)**|**Single-Phase Three-Wire—120/240 Vac—Insulated/Bondable Split Neutral (Unless Otherwise Noted)**|
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
||**Main**<br>**Breaker**|**Main**<br>**Ampere**|**Maximum Number**<br>**3/4-Inch (19.1 mm)**|**Enclosure**|**Box**|**Wire Size Range**<br>**Cu/Al 60 °C or 75 °C**|**Loadcenter**12|**Loadcenter Cover**<br>**Catalog Number**||
||**Type**|**Rating**|**of Poles**|**Type**|**Size**|**for Main Breaker**|**Catalog Number**|**Combination**3|**Surface**|
||CH|100|14|Indoor|B|#6–1/0|**CH14B100B**4|**CH8BF**|**CH8BS**|
||10 kAIC||14|Outdoor|B|#6–1/0|**CH14B100R**5|**—**|**—**|
||||18|Indoor|C|#6–1/0|**CH18B100C**4|**CH8CF**|**CH8CS**|
||||18|Outdoor|C|#6–1/0|**CH18B100R**5|**—**|**—**|
||||22|Indoor|C|#6–1/0|**CH22B100C**4|**CH8CF**|**CH8CS**|
||||22|Outdoor|C|#6–1/0|**CH22B100R**5|**—**|**—**|
||||30|Indoor|D|#6–1/0|**CH30B100D**4|**CH8DF**|**CH8DS**|
||||30|Outdoor|D|#6–1/0|**CH30B100R**5|**—**|**—**|
|||125|22|Indoor|C|#6–1/0|**CH22B125C**4|**CH8CF**|**CH8CS**|
||||22|Outdoor|C|#6–1/0|**CH22B125R**5|**—**|**—**|
||||30|Indoor|D|#6–1/0|**CH30B125D**4|**CH8DF**|**CH8DS**|
||||30|Outdoor|D|#6–1/0|**CH30B125R**5|**—**|**—**|
||CSR|150|8|Outdoor|E|#2–300 kcmil|**CH8B150RF** 6|**—**|**—**|
||25 kAIC||24|Indoor|E|#2–300 kcmil|**CH24B150E** 4|**CH8EF**|**CH8ES**|
||||24|Outdoor|E|#2–300 kcmil|**CH24B150R** 5|**—**|**—**|
||||32|Indoor|J|#2–300 kcmil|**CH32B150J** 4|**CH8JF**|**CH8JS**|
||||32|Outdoor|J|#2–300 kcmil|**CH32B150R** 5|**—**|**—**|
|||200|8|Outdoor|E|#2–300 kcmil|**CH8B200RF** 6|**—**|**—**|
||||24|Indoor|E|#2–300 kcmil|**CH24B200E** 4|**CH8EF**|**CH8ES**|
||||24|Outdoor|E|#2–300 kcmil|**CH24B200R** 5|**—**|**—**|
||||32|Indoor|J|#2–300 kcmil|**CH32B200J** 4|**CH8JF**|**CH8JS**|
||||32|Outdoor|J|#2–300 kcmil|**CH32B200R** 5|**—**|**—**|
||||42|Indoor|K|#2–300 kcmil|**CH42B200K** 4|**CH8KF**|**CH8KS**|
||||42|Outdoor|K|#2–300 kcmil|**CH42B200R** 5|**—**|**—**|
|||225|32|Indoor|J|#2–300 kcmil|**CH32B225J** 4|**CH8JF**|**CH8JS**|
||||32|Outdoor|J|#2–300 kcmil|**CH32B225R** 5|**—**|**—**|
||||42|Indoor|K|#2–300 kcmil|**CH42B225K** 4|**CH8KF**|**CH8KS**|
||||42|Outdoor|K|#2–300 kcmil|**CH42B225R** 5|**—**|**—**|
||DK|300|42|Indoor|PM|(2) 3/0–250 kcmil|**CH42PM300**|**CH7PMF** 7|**CH7PMS**|
||10 kAIC|400|42|Indoor|PM|(2) 3/0–250 kcmil|**CH42PM400**|**CH7PMF**7|**CH7PMS**|



## _**Notes**_ 

- 1   All main circuit breaker loadcenters are listed for use as service entrance equipment. 

- 2   Ground bar kits priced separately. See **Page V1-T1-25** . 

- 3   Combination style covers may be used in surface or flush applications. 

- 4   Can be top or bottom fed by rotating the enclosure and trim 180 degrees. 

- 5   Rainproof panels are furnished with hub closure plates. For rainproof hubs, refer to **Page V1-T1-25** . 

- 6   Panel includes #4–300 kcmil feed-through lugs. 

- 7   This cover is for flush applications only (not combination). 

Box sizes **Pages V1-T1-27** and **V1-T1-28** . 

**Volume 1—Residential and Light Commercial** CA08100002E—April 2017 www.eaton.com 

**V1-T1-7** 

1.1 

Type CH Loadcenters and Circuit Breakers 

**1** 

## Loadcenters and Circuit Breakers 

## _**Single-Phase—High Interrupting Rated Main Circuit Breaker Loadcenters—100 kAIC**_ 

## **Single-Phase Three-Wire—120/240 Vac—Insulated/Bondable Split Neutral** 

|**Main**<br>**Breaker**<br>**Type**|**Main**<br>**Ampere**<br>**Rating**|**Maximum Number**<br>**3/4-Inch (19.1 mm)**<br>**Poles**<br>**Enclosure**<br>**Type**<br>**Box**<br>**Size**<br>**Wire Size Range**<br>**Cu/Al 60 °C or 75 °C**<br>**for Main Breaker**<br>**Loadcenter**1<br>**Catalog Number**<br>**Loadcenter Cover**<br>**Catalog Number**<br>**Combination**2<br>**Surface**|
|---|---|---|
|CHB4<br>100 kAIC5|100|32<br>Indoor<br>L<br>#6–1/0<br>**CH32H100L** 3<br>**CH8LF**<br>**CH8LS**|
|||32<br>Outdoor<br>L<br>#6–1/0<br>**CH32H100R** 4<br>**—**<br>**—**|
|CHH<br>100 kAIC5|150|32<br>Indoor<br>L<br>#2/0–300 kcmil<br>**CH32H150L**<br>**CH8LF**<br>**CH8LS**|
|||32<br>Outdoor<br>L<br>#2/0–300 kcmil<br>**CH32H150R** 4<br>**—**<br>**—**|
||200|32<br>Indoor<br>L<br>#2/0–300 kcmil<br>**CH32H200L**<br>**CH8LF**<br>**CH8LS**|
|||32<br>Outdoor<br>L<br>#2/0–300 kcmil<br>**CH32H200R** 4<br>**—**<br>**—**|
|||42<br>Indoor<br>L<br>#2/0–300 kcmil<br>**CH42H200L**<br>**CH8LF**<br>**CH8LS**|
|||42<br>Outdoor<br>L<br>#2/0–300 kcmil<br>**CH42H200R** 4<br>**—**<br>**—**|
||225|42<br>Indoor<br>L<br>#2/0–300 kcmil<br>**CH42H225L**<br>**CH8LF**<br>**CH8LS**|
|||42<br>Outdoor<br>L<br>#2/0–300 kcmil<br>**CH42H225R** 4<br>**—**<br>**—**|



## _**Notes**_ 

- 1 All main circuit breaker loadcenters are listed for use as service entrance equipment. 

- 2 Combination style covers may be used in surface or flush applications. 

- 3 Loadcenter can be top or bottom fed by rotating the enclosure and trim 180 degrees. 

- 4 Rainproof panels are furnished with hub closure plates. For rainproof hubs, refer to **Page V1-T1-25** . 

- 5 Series rated for 100 kAIC with all Types CH, CHT and CHP breakers. 

**Volume 1—Residential and Light Commercial** CA08100002E—April 2017 www.eaton.com 

**V1-T1-8** 

Loadcenters and Circuit Breakers 

1.1 

Type CH Loadcenters and Circuit Breakers 

## _**Single-Phase—Main Lug Loadcenters**_ 

**1** 

## **Single-Phase Three-Wire—120/240 Vac—Insulated/Bondable Single Neutral** 

|||**Main**<br>**Ampere**|**Maximum Number**<br>**3/4-Inch (19.1 mm)**|**Maximum Number**<br>**3/4-Inch (19.1 mm)**|**Enclosure**|**Type of Trim**|**Box**|**Wire Size Range**<br>**Cu/Al 60 °C or 75 °C**|**Loadcenter**|
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|||**Rating**|**Space**|**Poles**|**Type**|**(Included)**|**Size**|**for Main Lugs**|**Catalog Number**|
|**Surface**|**Outdoor**|40|2|41|Indoor|Surface (no door)|5|#14–6|**CH2L40SP** 23|
||||2<br>2|41<br>41|Outdoor<br>Indoor|—<br>Flush (no door)|5R<br>5|#14–6<br>#14–6|**CH2L40RP** 234<br>**CH2L40FP** 23|
|**Flush**|**Outdoor**|70|2<br>2|41<br>41|Indoor<br>Outdoor|Surface (no door)<br>—|5<br>5R|#14–2<br>#14–2|**CH2L70SP** 23<br>**CH2L70RP** 234|
||||2|41|Indoor|Flush (no door)|5|#14–2|**CH2L70FP** 23|
|**Surface (No Door)**||125|2|41|Indoor|Surface (no door)|6|#14–1/0|**CH2L125SP** 23|
||||2|41|Outdoor|—|6R|#14–1/0|**CH2L125RP** 234|
||||2|2|Outdoor|—|—|#14–1/0|**CH2L125RSE2P**456|
||||2|41|Indoor|Flush (no door)|6|#14–1/0|**CH2L125FP** 23|
||||4<br>4|81<br>81|Indoor<br>Outdoor|Surface (no door)<br>—|7<br>7R|#14–1/0<br>#14–1/0|**CH4L125SP** 27<br>**CH4L125RP** 247|
|**Flush (No Door)**|**Flush (No Door)**||4|81|Indoor|Flush (no door)|7|#14–1/0|**CH4L125FP** 27|
||||6<br>8<br>~~Be~~|121<br>161<br>~~Be~~|Outdoor<br>Indoor<br>~~Be~~|—<br>Surface (no door)<br>~~Be~~|6R<br>7<br>~~Be~~|#14–1/0<br>#6–1/0<br>~~Be~~|**CH6L125R**267<br>**CH8L125SP** 28<br>~~Be~~|
||||8<br>8|161<br>161|Outdoor<br>Indoor|—<br>Flush (no door)|7R<br>7|#6–1/0<br>#6–1/0|**CH8L125RP** 267<br>**CH8L125FP** 28|
|**Outdoor**||||||||||



## _**Notes**_ 

- 1   Requires the use of Type CHT breakers. 

- 2   Ground bar kits priced separately, see **Page V1-T1-25** . 

- For 2/4 and 6/12 circuit loadcenters, use Type GBK5 or GBK520 ground bar 

- For 4/8 and 8/16 circuit loadcenters, use Type GBK10 ground bar 

- Ground bars mount to the left side wall of the enclosure for the 4/8, 6/12 and 8/16 circuit loadcenters 

- 3   Suitable for use as service equipment when not more than two service disconnecting mains are provided or when not used as a lighting and appliance panelboard (see Article 408.34 of the NEC). 

- 4   Rainproof panels are furnished with hub closure plates. For rainproof hubs, refer to **Page V1-T1-25** . 

- 5   For use as service entrance applications only. 

- 6   Neutral/ground holes (6) #14–6 and (3) #14–2/0 AWG Cu/AI. 

- 7   Suitable for use as service equipment when not more than two service disconnecting mains are provided or when not more than six service disconnecting mains are provided and when not used as a lighting and appliance panelboard (see Article 408.34 of the NEC). 

- 8   Suitable for use as service equipment when a main breaker is used or when not more than six service disconnecting mains are provided and when not used as a lighting and appliance panelboard (see Article 408.34 of the NEC). 

Box sizes **Pages V1-T1-27** and **V1-T1-28** . 

**Volume 1—Residential and Light Commercial** CA08100002E—April 2017 www.eaton.com 

**V1-T1-9** 

Loadcenters and Circuit Breakers 

1.1 

Type CH Loadcenters and Circuit Breakers 

## **1** ~~—__~~ **1** 

**==> picture [32 x 6] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
CH42L225G<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


## **Single-Phase Three-Wire—120/240 Vac—Insulated/Bondable Split Neutral—Factory-Installed Ground Bar** 

|**Main**<br>**Ampere**<br>**Rating**|**Maximum Number**<br>**3/4-Inch (19.1 mm)**<br>**Poles**|**Enclosure**<br>**Type**|**Box**<br>**Size**|**Wire Size Range**<br>**Cu/Al 60 °C or 75 °C**<br>**for Main Lugs**|**Loadcenter**<br>**Catalog Number**|**Loadcenter Cover**<br>**Catalog Number**<br>**Combination**|**Surface**|
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|125|12<br>Indoor<br>B<br>#6–2/0<br>**CH12L125B** 1<br>**CH8BF**<br>**CH8BS**<br>12<br>Outdoor<br>B<br>#6–2/0<br>**CH12L125R** 12<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>~~Oe~~|||||||
||16|Indoor|B|#6–2/0|**CH16L125B** 1|**CH8BF**|**CH8BS**|
||16|Outdoor|B|#6–2/0|**CH16L125R** 12|**—**|**—**|
||20|Indoor|C|#6–2/0|**CH20L125C** 1|**CH8CF**|**CH8CS**|
||20<br>24|Outdoor<br>Indoor|C<br>C|#6–2/0<br>#6–2/0|**CH20L125R** 12<br>**CH24L125C** 1|**—**<br>**CH8CF**|**—**<br>**CH8CS**|
||24|Outdoor|C|#6–2/0|**CH24L125R** 12|**—**|**—**|
|150|24|Indoor|D|#4–300 kcmil|**CH24L150D** 1|**CH8DF**|**CH8DS**|
||24|Outdoor|D|#4–300 kcmil|**CH24L150R** 23|**—**|**—**|
||32|Indoor|D|#4–300 kcmil|**CH32L150D** 1|**CH8DF**|**CH8DS**|
||32|Outdoor|D|#4–300 kcmil|**CH32L150R**23|**—**|**—**|
|200|12<br>12|Indoor<br>Outdoor|D<br>D|#4–300 kcmil<br>#4–300 kcmil|**CH12L200D** 1<br>**CH12L200R**23|**CH8DF**<br>**—**|**CH8DS**<br>**—**|
||16|Indoor|D|#4–300 kcmil|**CH16L200D** 1|**CH8DF**|**CH8DS**|
||16|Outdoor|D|#4–300 kcmil|**CH16L200R** 23|**—**|**—**|
|225|24|Indoor|D|#4–300 kcmil|**CH24L225D** 1|**CH8DF**|**CH8DS**|
||24|Outdoor|D|#4–300 kcmil|**CH24L225R**23|**—**|**—**|
||32|Indoor|D|#4–300 kcmil|**CH32L225D** 1|**CH8DF**|**CH8DS**|
||32|Outdoor|D|#4–300 kcmil|**CH32L225R**23|**—**|**—**|
||42|Indoor|G|#4–300 kcmil|**CH42L225G**3|**CH8GF**|**CH8GS**|
||42|Outdoor|G|#4–300 kcmil|**CH42L225R**23|**—**|**—**|
|400|42|Indoor|P|(2) 1/0–300 kcmil|**CH42PL400** 4|**CH7PF**5|**CH7PS**|
|||||(1) 750 kcmil||||



## _**Notes**_ 

- 1   Suitable for use as service equipment when not more than six disconnecting means are provided and when not used as a lighting and appliance panelboard (see Article 408.34 of the NEC). 

- 2   Rainproof panels are furnished with hub closure plates. For rainproof hubs, refer to **Page V1-T1-25** . 

- 3   Suitable for use as service equipment when a circuit breaker is used as a main breaker. The main breaker is backfed and requires hold-down bracket kit catalog number **CH125RB** . 

- 4   Suitable for use as service equipment when a circuit breaker is used as a main breaker. The main breaker is backfed and must be a Type CHB. **The breaker cannot be a Type CH** . 

- 5   This cover is for flush application only (not combination). 

Box sizes **Pages V1-T1-27** and **V1-T1-28** . 

**Volume 1—Residential and Light Commercial** CA08100002E—April 2017 www.eaton.com 

**V1-T1-10** 

Loadcenters and Circuit Breakers 

1.1 

Type CH Loadcenters and Circuit Breakers 

**1** 

## _**Convertible Loadcenters MCB or MLO—Base Units and Main Devices—10/25/35 kAIC**_ 

Complete assembly consists of: loadcenter, cover, and either main breaker kit or main lug kit. 

## **Indoor—Single-Phase—Three-Wire—120/240 V—Insulated/Bondable Split Neutral—Top or Bottom Feed** 

|**Maximum**<br>**Main Ampere**<br>**Rating**<br>**Maximum**<br>**Number of**<br>**Single Poles**<br>**Box**<br>**Size**<br>**Loadcenter Box**<br>**and Panel**<br>**Catalog Number**1<br>**Loadcenter Cover**<br>**Catalog Number**<br>**Main Lug Kit**<br>**Main Breaker Kit**<br>**Combination**<br>**Surface**<br>**Wire**<br>**Size**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**<br>**kAIC**<br>**Rating**<br>**Wire**<br>**Size**|**Catalog Number**|
|---|---|
|125<br>22<br>C<br>**CH22N125C**<br>**CH8CF**<br>**CH8CS**<br>#10–1/0<br>**CHL125N**<br>10<br>#10–1/0|**CH2100N**3<br>**—**|
||**CH2125N**3<br>**—**|
|200<br>32<br>J<br>**CH32N200J**<br>**CH8JF**<br>**CH8JS**<br>#4–300<br>kcmil<br>**CHL225N**<br>25/352<br>#2–300<br>kcmil|**CSR2125N**<br>**CSH2125N**4|
||**CSR2150N**<br>**CSH2150N**4|
||**CSR2175N**<br>**CSH2175N**4|
||**CSR2200N**<br>**CSH2200N**4|
|225<br>42<br>K<br>**CH42N225K**<br>**CH8KF**<br>**CH8KS**<br>#4–300<br>kcmil<br>**CHL225N**<br>25/352<br>#2–300<br>kcmil|**CSR2125N**<br>**CSH2125N**4|
||**CSR2150N**<br>**CSH2150N**4|
||**CSR2175N**<br>**CSH2175N**4|
||**CSR2200N**<br>**CSH2200N**4|
||**CSR2225N**<br>**CSH2225N**4|



## **Outdoor—Single-Phase—Three-Wire—120/240 V—Insulated/Bondable Split Neutral (Unless Otherwise Noted)** 

|**Maximum**<br>**Main Ampere**<br>**Rating**<br>**Maximum**<br>**Number of**<br>**Single Poles**<br>**Box**<br>**Size**<br>**Loadcenter Box**<br>**and Panel**<br>**Catalog Number**1<br>**Main Lug Kit**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**<br>**Main Breaker Kit**<br>**Wire**<br>**Size**<br>**kAIC**<br>**Rating**<br>**Wire**<br>**Size**|**Catalog Number**|
|---|---|
|125<br>22<br>C<br>**CH22N125R**5<br>#10–1/0<br>**CHL125N**<br>10<br>#10–1/0|**CH2100N**3<br>**—**|
||**CH2125N**3<br>**—**|
|200<br>8<br>E<br>**CH8N200RF**567<br>#4–300 kcmil<br>**CHL225N**<br>25/352<br>#2–300 kcmil|**CSR2125N**<br>**CSH2125N**|
||**CSR2150N**<br>**CSH2150N**|
||**CSR2175N**<br>**CSH2175N**|
||**CSR2200N**<br>**CSH2200N**|
|200<br>32<br>J<br>**CH32N200R**5<br>#4–300 kcmil<br>**CHL225N**<br>25/352<br>#2–300 kcmil|**CSR2125N**<br>**CSH2125N**4|
||**CSR2150N**<br>**CSH2150N**4|
||**CSR2175N**<br>**CSH2175N**4|
||**CSR2200N**<br>**CSH2200N**4|
|225<br>42<br>K<br>**CH42N225R**5<br>#4–300 kcmil<br>**CHL225N**<br>25/352<br>#2–300 kcmil|**CSR2125N**<br>**CSH2125N**4|
||**CSR2150N**<br>**CSH2150N**4|
||**CSR2175N**<br>**CSH2175N**4|
||**CSR2200N**<br>**CSH2200N**4|
||**CSR2225N**<br>**CSH2225N**4|



## _**Notes**_ 

- 1 Panel does not include main. Order main breaker or main lug kit separately. 

- 2 If 35 kAIC is required, use CSH breaker. 

- 3 Hold-down kit included. 

- 4 35 kAIC series combination rating is obtained when Types CH, CHT and CHP branch breakers are used with CSH main. 

- 5 Rainproof panels are furnished with hub closure plates. For rainproof hubs, refer to **Page V1-T1-25** . 

- 6 Includes feed-through lugs for both phase and neutral conductors. 

- 7 Insulated/bondable single neutral. 

Interrupting rating depends on main circuit breaker selected. 

**Volume 1—Residential and Light Commercial** CA08100002E—April 2017 www.eaton.com 

**V1-T1-11** 

Loadcenters and Circuit Breakers 

Type CH Loadcenters and Circuit Breakers 

**1** ~~=~~ 

## 1.1 

## _**Three-Phase—Main Circuit Breaker Loadcenters—10 kAIC**_ 

## **Three-Phase Four-Wire—208Y/120 Vac or 240 Vac Insulated/Bondable Split Neutral** 

|**CH42B3200L**|**Three-Phase Four-Wire—208Y/120 Vac or 240 Vac Insulated/Bondable Split Neutral**<br>**Main**<br>**Breaker**<br>**Type**|**Three-Phase Four-Wire—208Y/120 Vac or 240 Vac Insulated/Bondable Split Neutral**<br>**Main**<br>**Ampere**<br>**Rating**|**Three-Phase Four-Wire—208Y/120 Vac or 240 Vac Insulated/Bondable Split Neutral**<br>**Maximum Number**<br>**3/4-Inch (19.1 mm)**<br>**Poles**|**Three-Phase Four-Wire—208Y/120 Vac or 240 Vac Insulated/Bondable Split Neutral**<br>**Enclosure**<br>**Type**|**Three-Phase Four-Wire—208Y/120 Vac or 240 Vac Insulated/Bondable Split Neutral**<br>**Box**<br>**Size**|**Three-Phase Four-Wire—208Y/120 Vac or 240 Vac Insulated/Bondable Split Neutral**<br>**Wire Size Range**<br>**Cu/Al 60 °C or 75 °C**<br>**for Main Breaker**|**Three-Phase Four-Wire—208Y/120 Vac or 240 Vac Insulated/Bondable Split Neutral**<br>**Loadcenter** 12<br>**Catalog Number**|**Loadcenter Cover**<br>**Catalog Number**<br>**Combination**<br>**Surface**|**Loadcenter Cover**<br>**Catalog Number**<br>**Combination**<br>**Surface**|
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
||CC<br>10 kAIC|150|30<br>30|Indoor<br>Outdoor|L<br>L|#1–4/0<br>#1–4/0|**CH30B3150L**<br>**CH30B3150R**3|**CH8LF**<br>**—**|**CH8LS**<br>**—**|
|||200|30<br>30|Indoor<br>Outdoor|L<br>L|#2/0–300 kcmil<br>#2/0–300 kcmil|**CH30B3200L**<br>**CH30B3200R**3|**CH8LF**<br>**—**|**CH8LS**<br>**—**|
||||42<br>42|Indoor<br>Outdoor|L<br>L|#2/0–300 kcmil<br>#2/0–300 kcmil|**CH42B3200L**<br>**CH42B3200R**3|**CH8LF**<br>**—**|**CH8LS**<br>**—**|
|||225|30<br>30|Indoor<br>Outdoor|L<br>L|#2/0–300 kcmil<br>#2/0–300 kcmil|**CH30B3225L**<br>**CH30B3225R**3|**CH8LF**<br>**—**|**CH8LS**<br>**—**|
||||42|Indoor|L|#2/0–300 kcmil|**CH42B3225L**|**CH8LF**|**CH8LS**|
||||42|Outdoor|L|#2/0–300 kcmil|**CH42B3225R**3|**—**|**—**|
|||400|42|Indoor|PM|(2) 3/0–350 kcmil|**CH424PM400**|**CH7PMF** 4|**CH7PMS**|



## _**Three-Phase—High Interrupting Rated Main Circuit Breaker Loadcenters—100 kAIC**_ 

## **Three-Phase Four-Wire—208Y/120 Vac or 240 Vac Insulated/Bondable Split Neutral** 

|**Main**<br>**Breaker**<br>**Type**|**Main**<br>**Ampere**<br>**Rating**|**Maximum Number**<br>**3/4-Inch (19.1 mm)**<br>**of Poles**|**Enclosure**<br>**Type**|**Box**<br>**Size**|**Wire Size Range**<br>**Cu/Al 60 °C or 75 °C**<br>**for Main Breaker**|**Loadcenter**<br>**Catalog Number**12|**Loadcenter Cover**<br>**Catalog Number**<br>**Combination**|**Surface**|
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|CHH<br>100 kAIC5|200|30<br>30|Indoor<br>Outdoor|L<br>L|#2/0–300 kcmil<br>#2/0–300 kcmil|**CH30H3200L**<br>**CH30H3200R**3|**CH8LF**<br>**—**|**CH8LS**<br>**—**|
|||42|Indoor|L|#2/0–300 kcmil|**CH42H3200L**|**CH8LF**|**CH8LS**|
|||42|Outdoor|L|#2/0–300 kcmil|**CH42H3200R**3|**—**|**—**|
||225|42|Indoor|L|#2/0–300 kcmil|**CH42H3225L**|**CH8LF**|**CH8LS**|
|||42|Outdoor|L|#2/0–300 kcmil|**CH42H3225R**3|**—**|**—**|



## _**Notes**_ 

> 1 All main circuit breaker loadcenters are listed for use as service entrance equipment. 

> 2 Ground bar kits priced separately. For ground bar kits, see **Page V1-T1-25** . 

> 3 Rainproof loadcenters are furnished with hub closure plates. For rainproof hubs, refer to **Page V1-T1-25** . 

> 4 This cover for flush application only (not combination). 

> 5 100 kAIC series combination rating is obtained when Types CH and CHP branch breakers are used with CHH main. 

**Volume 1—Residential and Light Commercial** CA08100002E—April 2017 www.eaton.com 

**V1-T1-12** 

Loadcenters and Circuit Breakers 

1.1 

Type CH Loadcenters and Circuit Breakers 

## _**Three-Phase—Main Lug Loadcenters**_ 

**1** 

**Three-Phase Four-Wire—208Y/120 Vac or 240 Vac Insulated/Bondable Split Neutral (Unless Otherwise Noted)** 

|**Main**<br>**Ampere**<br>**Rating**|**Maximum Number**<br>**3/4-Inch (19.1 mm)**<br>**Enclosure**<br>**Type**<br>**Type of Trim**<br>**Included**<br>**Box**<br>**Size**<br>**Wire Size Range**<br>**Cu/Al 60 °C or 75 °C**<br>**for Main Lugs**<br>**Loadcenter**<br>**Catalog Number**<br>**Loadcenter**<br>**Cover Catalog Number**<br>**Spaces**<br>**Poles**<br>**Combination**<br>**Single**|
|---|---|
|125|6<br>121<br>Indoor<br>Surface, no door<br>7<br>#14–1/0<br>**CH6L3125SP**234<br>**—**<br>**—**|
||6<br>121<br>Outdoor<br>—<br>7R<br>#14–1/0<br>**CH6L3125RP**2345<br>**—**<br>**—**|
||6<br>121<br>Indoor<br>Flush, no door<br>7<br>#14–1/0<br>**CH6L3125FP**234<br>**—**<br>**—**|
||12<br>12<br>Indoor<br>—<br>B<br>#6–2/0<br>**CH12L3125B** 67<br>**CH8BF**<br>**CH8BS**|
||12<br>12<br>Outdoor<br>—<br>B<br>#6–2/0<br>**CH12L3125R** 567<br>**—**<br>**—**|
||18<br>18<br>Indoor<br>—<br>C<br>#6–2/0<br>**CH18L3125C** 67<br>**CH8CF**<br>**CH8CS**|
||18<br>18<br>Outdoor<br>—<br>C<br>#6–2/0<br>**CH18L3125R** 678<br>**—**<br>**—**|
||24<br>24<br>Indoor<br>—<br>C<br>#6–2/0<br>**CH24L3125C** 67<br>**CH8CF**<br>**CH8CS**|
||24<br>24<br>Outdoor<br>—<br>C<br>#6–2/0<br>**CH24L3125R** 678<br>**—**<br>**—**|
|150|30<br>30<br>Indoor<br>—<br>D<br>#4–300 kcmil<br>**CH30L3150D** 67<br>**CH8DF**<br>**CH8DS**|
||30<br>30<br>Outdoor<br>—<br>D<br>#4–300 kcmil<br>**CH30L3150R** 569<br>**—**<br>**—**|
|225|24<br>24<br>Indoor<br>—<br>D<br>#4–300 kcmil<br>**CH24L3225D** 67<br>**CH8DF**<br>**CH8DS**|
||24<br>24<br>Outdoor<br>—<br>D<br>#4–300 kcmil<br>**CH24L3225R** 569<br>**—**<br>**—**|
||30<br>30<br>Indoor<br>—<br>D<br>#4–300 kcmil<br>**CH30L3225D** 67<br>**CH8DF**<br>**CH8DS**|
||30<br>30<br>Outdoor<br>—<br>D<br>#4–300 kcmil<br>**CH30L3225R** 569<br>**—**<br>**—**|
||42<br>42<br>Indoor<br>—<br>G<br>#4–300 kcmil<br>**CH42L3225G** 89<br>**CH8GF**<br>**CH8GS**|
||42<br>42<br>Outdoor<br>—<br>G<br>#4–300 kcmil<br>**CH42L3225R** 589<br>**—**<br>**—**|
|400|42<br>42<br>Indoor<br>—<br>P<br>(2) 1/0–300 kcmil<br>(1) 750 kcmil<br>**CH424PL400** jk<br>**CH7PF**l<br>**CH7PS**|



## _**Notes**_ 

- 1 Requires the use of Type CHT breakers. 

- 2 Suitable for use as service equipment when not more than two service disconnecting means are provided or when not more than six service disconnecting means are provided and when not used as a lighting and appliance panelboard (see Article 408.34 of the NEC). 

- 3 Ground bar kits priced separately, see **Page V1-T1-25** . 

- Use GBK10 ground bar 

- Ground bars mount to the left side wall of the enclosure. 

- 4 Insulated/bondable single neutral. 

> 5 Rainproof loadcenters are furnished with hub closure plates. For rainproof hubs, refer to **Page V1-T1-25** . 

- 6 Ground bar Type GBK14 is installed. 

- 7 Suitable for use as service equipment when a circuit breaker is used as a main breaker. The main breaker is backfed and requires hold-down bracket kit catalog number Type **CH125RB** . Suitable for use as service equipment when not more than six service disconnecting means are provided and when not used as a lighting and appliance panelboard (see Article 408.34 of the NEC). 

- 8 Ground bar Type GBK21 is installed. 

> 9 Suitable for use as service equipment when a circuit breaker is used as a main breaker. The main breaker is backfed and requires hold-down kit catalog number Type **CH125RB** . 

- j For ground bar kits, see **Page V1-T1-25** . 

> k Suitable for use as service equipment when a circuit breaker is used as a main breaker. The main breaker is backfed and must be a Type CHB. **The breaker cannot be a Type CH** . 

> l This cover for flush application only (not combination). 

Box sizes **Pages V1-T1-27** and **V1-T1-28** . 

**Volume 1—Residential and Light Commercial** CA08100002E—April 2017 www.eaton.com 

**V1-T1-13** 

Loadcenters and Circuit Breakers 

1.1 

Type CH Loadcenters and Circuit Breakers 

**1** 

**==> picture [33 x 8] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
Spa Panels<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


## **Contents—CH Specialty Products** 

|**Contents—CH Specialty Products**||
|---|---|
|**_Description_**|**_Page_**|
|Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V1-T1-2**|
|CH Specialty Products||
|Spa Panels||
|Surge Panel. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V1-T1-15**|
|Plug-On Neutral Loadcenter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V1-T1-17**|
|Type CH Renovation Loadcenter. . . . . . . . . . . .|**V1-T1-18**|
|Type CH Retrofit Interior Kits  . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V1-T1-19**|
|CH Loadcenter Options and Accessories. . . . . . . .|**V1-T1-22**|
|CH Circuit Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V1-T1-31**|



## **CH Specialty Products** 

## **Spa Panels** 

## **Product Description:** 

Eaton’s CH Spa Panels are premium factory-assembled “combination” units that provide ground fault protection, as well as a convenient way to turn spa pumps on and off. The NEC requires that all pool and spa pumps be protected by a ground fault interrupter and a disconnect switch mounted within 10 feet of the tub or the spa. 

## **Features** 

## _**Quick-Pro[SM]**_ 

- Two extra circuits for additional loads 

All you need to ● Limited lifetime warranty quick know to save ● UL Listed time and make ● Tough powder-coated aN ProSaving <s more money. Specified on galvanized steel enclosure ● Factory-installed certain Eaton products, the Quick-Pro symbol allows for two-pole ground fault immediate recognition of circuit interrupter (GFCI) products that are designed for straightforward installation. When you see Quick-Pro, you know you can install quickly— sometimes up to 50% less than the usual installation time—and move on to your next job. 

## **Product Selection** 

**CH Spa Panel Single-Phase Three-Wire—120/240 Vac Insulated/Bondable Neutral— Factory-Installed Ground Bar** 

|**Main**|**Circuit**||**Type**||**Wire Size Range**||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|**Ampere**|**Breaker**|**Enclosure**|**of Trim**|**Box**|**Cu/Al 60 °C or 75 °C**|**Catalog**|
|**Rating**|**Included**|**Type**|**Included**|**Size**|**for Main Lugs**|**Number**|
|30|CH230GFT|Outdoor|—|5R|#14–1/0|**CH30SPAST**1|
|40|CH240GFT|Outdoor|—|5R|#14–1/0|**CH40SPAST**2|
|50|CH250GFT|Outdoor|—|5R|#14–1/0|**CH50SPAST**3|
|60|CH260GFT|Outdoor|—|5R|#14–1/0|**CH60SPAST**4|
|**_Notes_**|||||||



1   Includes a CH230GFT breaker, factory installed, and two extra circuits for convenience. 2   Includes a CH240GFT breaker, factory installed, and two extra circuits for convenience. 3   Includes a CH250GFT breaker, factory installed, and two extra circuits for convenience. 4   Includes a CH260GFT breaker, factory installed, and two extra circuits for convenience. 

**Volume 1—Residential and Light Commercial** CA08100002E—April 2017 www.eaton.com 

**V1-T1-14** 

1.1 

Type CH Loadcenters and Circuit Breakers 

## Loadcenters and Circuit Breakers 

## **Surge Panel** 

## **Contents—CH Specialty Products** 

**1** 

|**Contents—CH Specialty Products**||
|---|---|
|**_Description_**|**_Page_**|
|Overview  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V1-T1-2**|
|CH Specialty Products<br>Spa Panels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V1-T1-14**|
|Surge Panel<br>Plug-On Neutral Loadcenter  . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V1-T1-17**|
|Type CH Renovation Loadcenter . . . . . . . . . . .<br>Type CH Retrofit Interior Kits . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V1-T1-18**<br>**V1-T1-19**|
|CH Loadcenter Options and Accessories . . . . . . .<br>CH Circuit Breakers. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V1-T1-22**<br>**V1-T1-31**|



## **Surge Panel** 

## **Product Description** 

Eaton’s Type CH Surge Loadcenter includes a factorymounted and wired surge suppressor device. There is a knockout in the cover that allows the user to view the status indication lights on the surge suppressor. The CH Surge Loadcenter reduces the surge current, helping protect sensitive home electronic equipment. 

Save labor by installing a factorymounted surge protective device. 

## _**Factory-Installed Surge Protection**_ 

- Includes a CHSPT2ULTRA and a two-pole 50 A circuit breaker 

- Increases the effectiveness of surge protection due to reduced lead length 

- A modified deadfront allows for easy viewing of indicating lights 

## **Product Selection** 

## **Surge Installed Loadcenters** 

||**Ampere**<br>**Rating**|**Type**|**Number**<br>**of Circuits**|**Loadcenter**<br>**Catalog Number**|**Loadcenter Cover**<br>**Catalog Number**<br>**Combination**|**Surface**|
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
||225<br>225<br>200<br>225|Convertible<br>Convertible2<br>Main breaker<br>Convertible|42<br>42<br>42<br>32|**CHSUR42N225L**1<br>**CHSUR42L225L2**1<br>**CHSUR42B200L2**1<br>**CHSUR32N225K**1|**CHSUR8LF**<br>**CHSUR8LF**<br>**CHSUR8LF**<br>**CHSUR8KF**|**CHSUR8LS**<br>**CHSUR8LS**<br>**CHSUR8LS**<br>**CHSUR8KS**|
||225|Convertible2|32|**CHSUR32L225K**1|**CHSUR8KF**|**CHSUR8KS**|
|200<br>Main breaker<br>32<br>**CHSUR32B200K**1<br>**CHSUR8KF**<br>**CHSUR8KS**<br>150<br>Main breaker<br>32<br>**CHSUR32B150K**1<br>**CHSUR8KF**<br>**CHSUR8KS**<br>100<br>Main breaker<br>32<br>**CHSUR32B100K**1<br>**CHSUR8KF**<br>**CHSUR8KS**<br>125<br>Convertible2<br>24<br>**CHSUR24L125E**1<br>**CHSUR8EF**<br>**CHSUR8ES**<br>~~Oc~~|||||||
||100<br>200<br>200|Main breaker<br>Convertible<br>Main lug|24<br>40/40<br>40/40|**CHSUR24B100E**1<br>**BRSUR4040N200**<br>**BRSUR4040L200**|**CHSUR8EF**<br>Cover included<br>Cover included|**CHSUR8ES**|
||200|Main breaker|40/40|**BRSUR4040B200**|Cover included||
||200<br>200<br>200|Convertible<br>Main lug<br>Main breaker|30/40<br>30/40<br>30/40|**BRSUR3040N200**<br>**BRSUR3040L200**<br>**BRSUR3040B200**|Cover included<br>Cover included<br>Cover included||



## _**Notes**_ 

- 1 Order cover separately. 

- 2 With main lugs installed. 

## _**Surge Ready**_ 

- Provides a mounting provision for CHSPT2ULTRA 

- A modified deadfront allows for easy viewing of indicating lights 

**Volume 1—Residential and Light Commercial** CA08100002E—April 2017 www.eaton.com 

**V1-T1-15** 

**1** 

## Loadcenters and Circuit Breakers 

## 1.1 

Type CH Loadcenters and Circuit Breakers 

**Surge Ready Loadcenters** (provision only, CHSPT2ULTRA and breaker not included) 

|**Surge Ready**|**Loadcenters**(provision onl|y, CHSPT2ULTRA and break|er not included)|||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|**Ampere**||**Number**|**Loadcenter**|**Loadcenter Cover**|**Catalog Number**|
|**Rating**|**Type**|**of Circuits**|**Catalog Number**1|**Combination**|**Surface**|
|225|Convertible|42|**CHEC42N225L**|**CHSUR8LF**|**CHSUR8LS**|
|225|Convertible2|42|**CHEC42L225L**|**CHSUR8LF**|**CHSUR8LS**|
|200|Main breaker|42|**CHEC42B200L**|**CHSUR8LF**|**CHSUR8LS**|
|225|Convertible2|32|**CHEC32L225K**|**CHSUR8KF**|**CHSUR8KS**|
|225<br>225|Convertible<br>Convertible|32<br>32|**CHEC32N225K**<br>**CHEC32N225R**3|**CHSUR8KF**<br>**—**|**CHSUR8KS**<br>**—**|
|200|Main breaker|32|**CHEC32B200K**|**CHSUR8KF**|**CHSUR8KS**|
|150|Main breaker|32|**CHEC32B150K**|**CHSUR8KF**|**CHSUR8KS**|
|100|Main breaker|32|**CHEC32B100K**|**CHSUR8KF**|**CHSUR8KS**|
|125|Convertible2|24|**CHEC24L125E**|**CHSUR8EF**|**CHSUR8ES**|
|100|Main breaker|24|**CHEC24B100E**|**CHSUR8EF**|**CHSUR8ES**|



## **Main Breaker Kits** 

|**Main Lug Kits**<br>**Maximum Main Ampere Rating**|**Catalog Number**|
|---|---|
|125|**CHL125N**|
|225|**CHL225N**|



|**Main Breaker Kits**|||
|---|---|---|
||**Catalog Number**||
|**Maximum Main Ampere Rating**|**25 kAIC**|**35 kAIC**|
|100|**CSR2100N**|**CSH2100N**|
|150|**CSR2150N**|**CSH2150N**|
|200|**CSR2200N**|**CSH2200N**|
|225|**CSR2225N**|**CSH2225N**|



## **Technical Data and Specifications** 

## _**Ratings**_ 

- Loadcenter 

- 25 kAIC main breaker, main lug only, and convertible main breaker/main lug 

- Factory installed or provision for field-installed surge suppressor 

- Top or bottom feed 

- Surge protective device (CHSPT2ULTRA) 

- Nominal discharge current: 20 kA (In) 

- Surge current capacity per phase: 108 kA 

- Warranty: $75,000 connected equipment 4 

- For further product ratings, see Volume 1, Tab 2.1 Surge Protection 

## _**Notes**_ 

- 1 Order cover separately. 

- 2 With main lugs installed. 

- 3 Rainproof loadcenters are furnished with hub closure plates. For rainproof hubs, refer to **Page V1-T1-25** . 

> 4 For warranty details, visit www.eaton.com/surgetrap. 

**Volume 1—Residential and Light Commercial** CA08100002E—April 2017 www.eaton.com 

**V1-T1-16** 

Loadcenters and Circuit Breakers 

1.1 

Type CH Loadcenters and Circuit Breakers 

**60-Circuit Plug-On Neutral Loadcenter** 

## **Contents—CH Specialty Products** 

**1** 

**==> picture [245 x 113] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
|||
|---|---|
|Description|Page|
|Overview  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|V1-T1-2|
|CH Specialty Products|
|Spa Panels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|V1-T1-14|
|Surge Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|V1-T1-15|
|Plug-On Neutral Loadcenter|
|Type CH Renovation Loadcenter . . . . . . . . . . .|V1-T1-18|
|Type CH Retrofit Interior Kits . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|V1-T1-19|
|CH Loadcenter Options and Accessories . . . . . . .|V1-T1-22|
|CH Circuit Breakers. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|V1-T1-31|

**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


## **Plug-On Neutral Loadcenter** 

## **Product Description** 

Code changes and higher safety standards are leading to more arc fault and ground fault circuit interrupter installations. Eaton offers a unique product solution that enables a direct connection of the breaker to the neutral bar, eliminating the need for wiring a pigtail. 

## **Features and Benefits** 

- Time savings up to 25% per AFCI/GFCI installation 

- Eliminates nuisance tripping due to loose pigtail connections 

- Clean gutter space 

- Easier troubleshooting due to less wiring 

- Backed by a limited lifetime warranty 

## **Product Selection** 

## **Main Breaker Plug-On Neutral Loadcenters** 

**==> picture [362 x 81] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
|||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|Max.|Cover Catalog|
|Main|Main|Number|Wire Size|Number|
|Breaker|Ampere|3/4-Inch|Enclosure|Range for|Catalog|
|Type|Rating|Poles|Type|Main Breaker|Number|Combination|Surface|
|CSR|100|24|Indoor|#2–300 kcmil|CH24BPN100E|CH8EF|CH8ES|
|25 kAIC|
|200|32|Indoor|#2–300 kcmil|CH32BPN200J|CH8JF|CH8JS|
|200|42|Indoor|#2–300 kcmil|CH42BPN200K|CH8KF|CH8KS|
|200|60|Indoor|#2–300 kcmil|CH60BPN200N|CH8NF|CH8NS|

**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


**Main Lug Only/Convertible Plug-On Neutral Loadcenters—With Factory Installed Main Lugs** 

**==> picture [362 x 81] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
|||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|Max.|Cover Catalog|
|Max.|Number|Wire Size|Number|
|Ampere|3/4-Inch|Enclosure|Catalog|Range for|
|Rating|Poles|Type|Number|Main Breaker|Combination|Surface|
|125|24|Indoor|CH24NLPN125E|[1]|#6–300 kcmil|CH8NLEF|CH8NLES|
|225|32|Indoor|CH32NLPN225J|#6–300 kcmil|CH8NLJF|CH8NLJS|
|225|42|Indoor|CH42NLPN225K|#6–300 kcmil|CH8NLKF|CH8NLKS|
|225|60|Indoor|CH60NLPN225N|#6–300 kcmil|CH8NLNF|—|

**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


## **Main Breaker Kits** 

**==> picture [125 x 73] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
||||
|---|---|---|
|Breaker|
|Ampere|Catalog|
|Rating|Lug Size|Number|
|100|#2–300 kcmil|CSR2100|
|150|#2–300 kcmil|CSR2150N|
|200|#2–300 kcmil|CSR2200N|
|225|#2–300 kcmil|CSR2225N|

**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


## _**Note**_ 

- 1 Maximum 125 A main device. 

**Volume 1—Residential and Light Commercial** CA08100002E—April 2017 www.eaton.com 

**V1-T1-17** 

Loadcenters and Circuit Breakers 

1.1 

Type CH Loadcenters and Circuit Breakers 

**1** ~~|~~ 

**==> picture [51 x 6] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
Renovation Panel<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


## **Contents—CH Specialty Products** 

|**Contents—CH Specialty Products**||
|---|---|
|**_Description_**|**_Page_**|
|Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V1-T1-2**|
|CH Specialty Products<br>Spa Panels. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V1-T1-14**|
|Surge Panel. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .<br>Plug-On Neutral Loadcenter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V1-T1-15**<br>**V1-T1-17**|
|Type CH Renovation Loadcenter<br>Type CH Retrofit Interior Kits  . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V1-T1-19**|
|CH Loadcenter Options and Accessories. . . . . . . .<br>CH Circuit Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V1-T1-22**<br>**V1-T1-31**|



## **Type CH Renovation Loadcenter** 

## **Product Description** 

Eaton’s Renovation Loadcenter is designed for the service contractor. With the addition of a fivecircuit terminal block factory mounted in the top left corner of the loadcenter, the service contractor can terminate short-circuit wires instead of having to use expensive wire nuts. Also, the Renovation Loadcenter incorporates a twin-stacked neutral design that places the neutral and ground terminations higher in the loadcenter. Both of these features were added without increasing any size from a standard loadcenter. These features will eliminate the need for wire nuts and make for a much neater installation. There is a provision to field mount a second five-circuit terminal block (RN5TB) in the top right corner of the loadcenter. Choose amongst Eaton’s Type CH breaker family for use in the Renovation Panel. 

## **Product Selection** 

_**Single-Phase—Main Circuit Breaker Loadcenters 25 kAIC**_[1] 

## **Single-Phase, Three-Wire—120/240 Vac—Stacked Split Neutral** 

|||**Max.**|||**Wire Size**<br>**Range**||**Cover Catalog**<br>**Number**2||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|**Main**|**Main**|**Number**<br>**3/4-Inch**|||**Cu/Al**<br>**60 °C or 70 °C**|**Loadcenter**|||
|**Breaker**<br>**Type**|**Ampere**<br>**Rating**|**(19.1 mm)**<br>**of Poles**|**Enclosure**<br>**Type**|**Box**<br>**Size**|**for Main**<br>**Breakers**|**Catalog**<br>**Number**|**Combination**|**Surface**|
|CH|100|20|Indoor|C|#6–1/0|**CH22B100CRN**|**CH8CFF**|**CH8CS**|
|CSR<br>CSR<br>CSR|150<br>200<br>200|32<br>32<br>42|Indoor<br>Indoor<br>Indoor|J<br>J<br>K|#2–300 kcmil<br>#2–300 kcmil<br>#2–300 kcmil|**CH32B150JRN**<br>**CH32B200JRN**<br>**CH42B200KRN**|**CH8JF**<br>**CH8J**<br>**CH8KF**|**CH8JS**<br>**CH8JS**<br>**CH8KS**|



## _**Branch Circuit Breakers (CH)**_ 

See **Pages V1-T1-2–V1-T1-13** . 

## **Renovation Loadcenter** 

|**Renovation Loadcenter**||
|---|---|
|**Description**<br>Five-circuit terminal block kit|**Catalog Number**<br>**RN5TB**|
|Ground bar kits (two maximum per panel)|(See**Page** **V1-T1-25**)|



## _**Notes**_ 

> 1 100 A main breaker is rated 10 kAIC. 

> 2 Combination style covers may be used in surface or flush applications. 

All main circuit breaker loadcenters are listed for use as service entrance equipment. Loadcenters are factory-bonded for service entrance applications. Remove bonding strap for separate neutral and ground bars for sub-feed applications. 

**Volume 1—Residential and Light Commercial** CA08100002E—April 2017 www.eaton.com 

**V1-T1-18** 

Loadcenters and Circuit Breakers 

1.1 

Type CH Loadcenters and Circuit Breakers 

**Type CH Retrofit Interior** 

## **Contents—CH Specialty Products** 

**1** 

_**Description Page**_ Overview  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . **V1-T1-2** CH Specialty Products Spa Panels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . **V1-T1-14** Surge Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . **V1-T1-15** Plug-On Neutral Loadcenter  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . **V1-T1-17** Type CH Renovation Loadcenter . . . . . . . . . . . **V1-T1-18** Type CH Retrofit Interior Kits CH Loadcenter Options and Accessories . . . . . . . **V1-T1-22** CH Circuit Breakers. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . **V1-T1-31** 

_**Type CH Retrofit Adjustable Interior**_ 

_**Type CH Retrofit Interior Collar and Assembly with Trim**_ 

## **Type CH Retrofit Interior Kits** 

## **Product Description** 

Eaton’s unique Retrofit Interior allows the customer to cost-effectively and safely upgrade an electrical service without removing the existing enclosure from the wall. 

## **Features and Benefits** 

## **Application Description** 

The Retrofit Interior is designed and tested specifically for renovating an outdated electrical panel in an apartment, a condominium or a single family home. These outdated panels are being recognized by local inspectors and other authorities as a possible hazard. 

## _**Upgrading Existing Electrical Infrastructure Is Simple**_ 

- Replaces vintage brands that have hard to find, expensive replacement breakers 

- Safely upgrade to arc fault and ground fault breakers to meet current electrical codes 

- Maximizes number of circuits available with compact design 

## _**Opportunities to Retrofit**_ 

- Single- or three-phase 

- Main lug only or main breaker 

   - Eco-friendly in asbestosfilled environments 

- Up to 42 circuits 

   - Exclusive design 

- Up to 225 A interiors, 400 A available upon request 

## _**Save Time and Money Throughout the Installation**_ 

   - Uses existing panel box and wires 

- Available with CH breakers (3/4-inch) with copper bus box and wires or BR breakers (1-inch) with ● Eliminates expensive and aluminum bus time-consuming drywall/ 

- ● The minimum lifetime paint repair 

- The minimum lifetime warranty for residential ● Saves 2–3 hours of breakers shall be as installation time compared follows: to a complete panel ● Limited lifetime changeout 

- Limited lifetime warranty on all CH ● Eliminates precise branch breakers and measurements with fieldloadcenters adjustable kit 

## _**Detailed Product Guide**_ 

For questions about retrofit solutions, contact the Lincoln Flex Center at 800-330-6479 or flexcenterlincoln@eaton.com. Be sure to provide width, height and depth of panel. 

## **Standards and Certifications** 

Meets 2008/2011/2014 NEC wire bending requirements. 

- Refer to Eaton for complete warranty details 

**Volume 1—Residential and Light Commercial** CA08100002E—April 2017 www.eaton.com 

**V1-T1-19** 

Loadcenters and Circuit Breakers 

1.1 

Type CH Loadcenters and Circuit Breakers 

**1** 

## **CH Specialty Product Selection** 

To select the retrofit kit: 

1. From the existing box size determine which retrofit groups are suitable (may be more than one). 

1. From the existing box 4. Note that the overlap size determine which of the existing wall is retrofit groups are the retro cover size suitable (may be more minus the existing than one). box size. If specific measurements are 

2. Use type of interior, needed, communicate number of phases, and that you need a custom 

type of main to find the trim size. selection chart. 

5. Contact the Lincoln Flex 

3. Select part number from Center at 800-330-6479 chart (if main breaker, for pricing, lead-times, 

replace XXX with specific and order entry 

amp rating). instructions. 

## _**How to Order:**_ 

1. Measure the existing panel enclosure to determine appropriate kits for your project. 

2. Match the existing dimensions with the table below to obtain the correct catalog number. 

3. Order your retrofit kit from a local Eaton authorized distributor. 

Need assistance or can’t find retrofit to fit existing enclosure? 

Email or call Eaton’s Residential Flex Center at 1-800-330-6479 for all your retrofit needs. Go to www.eaton.com/eccn to locate an Eaton Certified Contractor. 

## **Retrofit Interior Kit Specifications** 

Five recommended groups: existing box height determines retro group size. Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm). 

|**Catalog**||**Existing Enclosure Parameters—Inches (mm)**<br>**Minimum**<br>**Maximum**<br>**Minimum**|**Existing Enclosure Parameters—Inches (mm)**<br>**Minimum**<br>**Maximum**<br>**Minimum**|**Existing Enclosure Parameters—Inches (mm)**<br>**Minimum**<br>**Maximum**<br>**Minimum**|**Minimum**|||||**Spaces /**|**UL 67**|
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|**Number**1<br>**Cover**2<br>**CH Retrofit Interiors and Covers**||**Depth**|**Depth**|**Width**|**Height**|**Phase**|**Main**|**Bus**|**Amperes**3|**Circuits**|**Listed**|
|**RWCH6L125N**|**CRWCH6ML******|3.13 (79.5)|4.13 (104.9)|7.00 (177.8)|8.50 (215.9)|Single|MLO|CH|125|6|No|
|**RSCH10B125N**|**CRWCH12ML******|3.50 (88.9)|4.50 (114.3)|8.50 (215.9)|16.50 (419.1)|Single|MCB|CH|125|10|No|
|**RSCH12L125N**|**CRWCH12ML******|3.50 (88.9)|4.50 (114.3)|8.50 (215.9)|16.50 (419.1)|Single|MLO|CH|125|12|No|
|**RACH22B125J**|**CRACH24ML******|3.75 (95.3)|4.25 (108.0)|13.00 (330.2)|21.00 (533.4)|Single|MCB|CH|125|22|No|
|**RACH24L125J**|**CRACH24ML******|3.75 (95.3)|4.25 (108.0)|13.00 (330.2)|21.00 (533.4)|Single|MLO|CH|125|24|No|
|**RBCH24B200_**<br>**RBCH32L200_**|**CRBCH24CS******<br>**CRBCH32ML******|3.75 (95.3)<br>3.75 (95.3)|6.00 (152.4)<br>6.00 (152.4)|13.00 (330.2)<br>13.00 (330.2)|29.00 (736.6)<br>29.00 (736.6)|Single<br>Single|MCB<br>MLO|CH<br>CH|200<br>200|24<br>32|No<br>No|
|**RCCH32B200_**|**CRBCH32CS******|3.75 (95.3)|6.00 (152.4)|13.00 (330.2)|34.00 (863.6)|Single|MCB|CH|200|32|No|



## _**Notes**_ 

> 1 Catalog numbers shown with "_" at the end need one of the following suffixes to denote depth: J = 3.75–4.25 

K = 4.25–5.00 

L = 5.00–6.00 

Example: RBCH24B200J would signify an interior set with a depth range of 3.75 to 4.25 inches. 

> 2 ****Denotes characters in the catalog number that relate to overall cover size. Example: CRWCH6ML2620 would signify a cover 26.00 inches H x 20.00 inches W, or CRBCH24CS3324 would be 33.00 inches H x 24.00 inches W. 

> 3 Amperes for MB panels is maximum; catalog number will reflect actual amperage of breaker included. 

For UL applications, maximum cover sizes may apply. 

**Volume 1—Residential and Light Commercial** CA08100002E—April 2017 www.eaton.com 

**V1-T1-20** 

Loadcenters and Circuit Breakers 

1.1 

Type CH Loadcenters and Circuit Breakers 

**1** 

## _**Complete Assembly**_ 

**Note:** For complete assembly, interior and cover need to be ordered separately. 

## **Adjustable Interior** 

- Factory installed ground and neutral bars positioned to accept existing wires 

## **Standard Trim and Collar** 

   - Standard trim matches new interior 

   - New circuit directory for updated labeling 

   - Oversized collar eliminates expensive wall/paint repair 

- Field adjustable depth matches existing panel box 

- Adjustable height enables optional placement of the interior 

- Field bondable for service entrance options 

**==> picture [54 x 7] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
Adjustable Interior<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


_**Collar and Assembly with Trim**_ 

## _**Single-Phase—Main Lug Loadcenters, Non-Metallic**_ 

## **2460SNM** 

## **Single-Phase Three-Wire—120/240 Vac—Insulated/Bondable Neutral** 

|**Main**<br>**Ampere Rating**|**Maximum Number**<br>**1-Inch (25.4 mm)**<br>**Spaces**<br>**Circuits**|**Enclosure**<br>**Type**|**Trim Type**|**Box**<br>**Size**|**Wire Size Range**<br>**Cu/Al 60 °C or 75 °C**<br>**for Main Lugs**|**Loadcenter**<br>**Catalog Number**|
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|401<br>2<br>4<br>Indoor<br>Flush (no door)<br>2<br>2<br>**TT120FLGNM**23<br>2<br>4<br>Indoor<br>Surface (no door)<br>2<br>**TT120SLGNM**23<br>~~CO~~|||||||
|60|2<br>4<br>2<br>4|Indoor<br>Indoor|Flush (no door)<br>Surface (no door)|2<br>2|#14–2|**2460FNM**<br>**2460SNM**|
||2<br>4<br>2<br>4|Indoor<br>Indoor|Flush (no door)<br>Surface (no door)|2<br>2||**2460FGNM**3<br>**2460SGNM**3|
||2<br>4|Outdoor|—|—||**2460RNM-A2**|



## _**Notes**_ 

- 1   Suitable for use as service equipment when not more than six main disconnecting means are provided and when not used as a lighting and appliance panelboard (see Article 408.34 of the NEC). 

- 2   This device has no main lugs. A Type BR or BD breaker is required to be backfed to supply power to branch breakers. This device is single-phase 120 Vac only. With the use of three Type BR breakers, there are two branch circuits available. With the use of three Type BD breakers, there are five branch circuits available. 

- 3   Includes GB4NM ground bar. 

**Volume 1—Residential and Light Commercial** CA08100002E—April 2017 www.eaton.com 

**V1-T1-21** 

1.1 

**CH Loadcenter Options and Accessories 1** 

## Loadcenters and Circuit Breakers 

## Type CH Loadcenters and Circuit Breakers 

|**1**<br>**1**<br>**1**<br>**1**<br>**CH Loadcenter Options and Accessories**<br>**Field Installation and Parts**<br>**Description**<br>**Ordering**<br>**Quantity**1<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**<br>Sub-feed lug blocks—two-pole, 125 A, 3/4-inch (19.1 mm) spaces needed<br>1<br>**CHSF2125**<br>Sub-feed lug blocks—three-pole, 125 A, 3/4-inch (19.1 mm) spaces needed<br>1<br>**CHSF3125**<br>Neutral/ground lug—add-on neutral or ground lug<br>1<br>**NL20**<br>**CHSF2125**<br>~~_——————~~|**1**<br>**1**<br>**1**<br>**1**<br>**CH Loadcenter Options and Accessories**<br>**Field Installation and Parts**<br>**Description**<br>**Ordering**<br>**Quantity**1<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**<br>Sub-feed lug blocks—two-pole, 125 A, 3/4-inch (19.1 mm) spaces needed<br>1<br>**CHSF2125**<br>Sub-feed lug blocks—three-pole, 125 A, 3/4-inch (19.1 mm) spaces needed<br>1<br>**CHSF3125**<br>Neutral/ground lug—add-on neutral or ground lug<br>1<br>**NL20**<br>**CHSF2125**<br>~~_——————~~|**1**<br>**1**<br>**1**<br>**1**<br>**CH Loadcenter Options and Accessories**<br>**Field Installation and Parts**<br>**Description**<br>**Ordering**<br>**Quantity**1<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**<br>Sub-feed lug blocks—two-pole, 125 A, 3/4-inch (19.1 mm) spaces needed<br>1<br>**CHSF2125**<br>Sub-feed lug blocks—three-pole, 125 A, 3/4-inch (19.1 mm) spaces needed<br>1<br>**CHSF3125**<br>Neutral/ground lug—add-on neutral or ground lug<br>1<br>**NL20**<br>**CHSF2125**<br>~~_——————~~|**1**<br>**1**<br>**1**<br>**1**<br>**CH Loadcenter Options and Accessories**<br>**Field Installation and Parts**<br>**Description**<br>**Ordering**<br>**Quantity**1<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**<br>Sub-feed lug blocks—two-pole, 125 A, 3/4-inch (19.1 mm) spaces needed<br>1<br>**CHSF2125**<br>Sub-feed lug blocks—three-pole, 125 A, 3/4-inch (19.1 mm) spaces needed<br>1<br>**CHSF3125**<br>Neutral/ground lug—add-on neutral or ground lug<br>1<br>**NL20**<br>**CHSF2125**<br>~~_——————~~|**1**<br>**1**<br>**1**<br>**1**<br>**CH Loadcenter Options and Accessories**<br>**Field Installation and Parts**<br>**Description**<br>**Ordering**<br>**Quantity**1<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**<br>Sub-feed lug blocks—two-pole, 125 A, 3/4-inch (19.1 mm) spaces needed<br>1<br>**CHSF2125**<br>Sub-feed lug blocks—three-pole, 125 A, 3/4-inch (19.1 mm) spaces needed<br>1<br>**CHSF3125**<br>Neutral/ground lug—add-on neutral or ground lug<br>1<br>**NL20**<br>**CHSF2125**<br>~~_——————~~|**1**<br>**1**<br>**1**<br>**1**<br>**CH Loadcenter Options and Accessories**<br>**Field Installation and Parts**<br>**Description**<br>**Ordering**<br>**Quantity**1<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**<br>Sub-feed lug blocks—two-pole, 125 A, 3/4-inch (19.1 mm) spaces needed<br>1<br>**CHSF2125**<br>Sub-feed lug blocks—three-pole, 125 A, 3/4-inch (19.1 mm) spaces needed<br>1<br>**CHSF3125**<br>Neutral/ground lug—add-on neutral or ground lug<br>1<br>**NL20**<br>**CHSF2125**<br>~~_——————~~|
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|**1**||**CHSF3125**||1|**NL30**|
|**1**<br>**1**<br>**1**|f||Filler plates—3/4-inch (19.1 mm) space circuit breaker space<br>CSR main circuit breaker filler plate (with hardware)<br>Door lock—12–42 circuits, and 100–225 A<br>Sandlewood spray paint<br>ANSI-61 light gray touchup paint for outdoor loadcenters|1<br>25<br>1<br>1<br>1<br>1|**NL300**<br>**CHFP**<br>**CSRFP**<br>**TDL**<br>**SPCSW**<br>**SPC61**|
|||**CHFP**|Isolated neutral assembly (computer circuits)|1|**BINA**|
|**1**<br>**1**<br>**1**||**TDL**<br>y|Circuit directory—adhesive backed<br>Cover screws<br>Cover replacement latch 14-5/16 inch (363.55 mm) wide loadcenters only<br>Circuit marking strip (next to breakers)<br>Circuit identification label (preprinted breaker labels next to breakers)|10<br>25<br>1<br>10<br>25|**TCD**<br>**LCCS**<br>**CHRLS**<br>**CHMS**<br>**CHBL**|
|**1**<br>**1**||’|Series rated caution label<br>Branch circuit numbering strip<br>Bonding strap with screw<br>CH plug-on neutral ground bonding strap|25<br>20<br>1<br>1|**SRL**<br>**CHNS**<br>**BSSUSE**<br>**BSCHPON**|



**BINA** 

## _**Note**_ 

1   Must be purchased in multiples of ordering quantities indicated. 

**Volume 1—Residential and Light Commercial** CA08100002E—April 2017 www.eaton.com 

**V1-T1-22** 

Loadcenters and Circuit Breakers 

1.1 

Type CH Loadcenters and Circuit Breakers 

**1** 

## _**Mechanical Interlock Covers**_ 

Covers mechanically interlock two breakers. Type A covers interlock two CH breakers mounted across from one another. Type B covers interlock a main Type CSR breaker with a Type CH. 

|**CH8BRM Type A**|**CH8BRM Type A**|**Mechanical Interlocks**|**Mechanical Interlocks**|||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|||||**Mechanical Interlock Trim/Deadfront Catalog Numbers**||
||||**Fits Loadcenter**|||
|||**Type**|**Catalog Numbers**|**Flush**|**Surface**|
|||A|**CH12L125B**|**CH8BFM**|**CH8BSM**|
||||**CH16L125B**|||
||||**CH12L3125B**|||
|**CH8EFM Type B**|**CH8EFM Type B**||**CH14B100B**|||
||||**CH20L125C**|**CH8CFM**|**CH8CSM**|
||||**CH24L125C**|||
||||**CH18L3125C**|||
||||**CH24L3125C**|||
||||**CH22B100C**|||
||||**CH22N100C**|||
||||**CH24L150D**|**CH8DFM**|**CH8DSM**|
||||**CH32L150D**|||
||||**CH24L3225D**|||
||||**CH30L3150D**|||
||||**CH42L225G**|**CH8GFM**|**CH8GSM**|
||||**CH42L3225G**|||
||||Inner cover of Box B raintight|**—**|**CH8BRM**|
||||Inner cover of Box C raintight|**—**|**CH8CRM**|
|||**Indoor**||||
|||B|**CH24B150E**|**CH8EFM**|**CH8ESM**|
||||**CH24B200E**|||
||||**CH32B150J**|**CH8JFM**|**CH8JSM**|
||||**CH32B200J**|||
||||**CH3242B200J**|||
||||**CH32N200J**|||
||||**CH32B225J**|||
||||**CH42B200K**|**CH8KFM**|**CH8KSM**|
||||**CH42N200K**|||
||||**CH42B225K**|||
||||**CH60BPN200N**|**CH8NFM**|**—**|
|||**Outdoor**||||
|||B|**CH8B150RF**|**CH3RDF7M**|**—**|
||||**CH8B200RF**|||
||||**CH8N200RF**|||
||||**CH24B150R**|||
||||**CH24B200R**|||
||||**CH32B150R**|**CH3RDF9M**|**—**|
||||**CH32B200R**|||
||||**CH32N200R**|||
||||**CH32B225R**|||
||||**CH42B200R**|**CH3RDF10M**|**—**|
||||**CH42N200R**|||
||||**CH42B225R**|||



**Volume 1—Residential and Light Commercial** CA08100002E—April 2017 www.eaton.com 

**V1-T1-23** 

Loadcenters and Circuit Breakers 

1.1 

Type CH Loadcenters and Circuit Breakers 

**1 CH8BRM Type A** 

**CH8EFM Type B** 

## **Mechanical Interlocks, continued** 

**==> picture [286 x 475] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
|||||
|---|---|---|---|
|Mechanical Interlock Trim/Deadfront Catalog Numbers|
|Fits Loadcenter|
|Type|Catalog Numbers|Flush|Surface|
|Next Generation Power Center|
|B|CHPC32B150L|CHPC8B32LFM|—|
|CHPC32B200L|
|CHPC32N200L|
|CHPC42B150L|CHPC8B42LFM|—|
|CHPC42B200L|
|CHPC42N200L|
|CHPC32B125TR|CH3RDF15M|—|
|CHPC32B150TR|
|CHPC32B200TR|
|CHPC32N200TR|
|CHPC42B150TR|CH3RDF16M|—|
|CHPC42B200TR|
|CHPC42N200TR|
|CHPC32B150TR|CH3RDF17M|—|
|CHPC32B200TR|
|CHPC42B200BR|CH3RDF18M|—|
|Vintage|[1]|
|CH20JJM200|CH7JJFREPLM|—|
|CH24JJM150|
|CH30JJM150|
|CH30JJM200|
|CH30JJM150H|
|CH3040JJMM200|
|CH304JJM150|
|CH304JJM200|
|CH304JJM200H|
|CH30KKM225|CH7KKFREPLM|—|
|CH40KKM200H|
|CH40KKM225|
|CH40KKM200H|
|CH40KKM225H|
|CH304KKM200|
|CH304KKM200H|
|CH304LLM225|CH7LLFREPLM|—|
|CH424LLM225H|

**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


## _**Note**_ 

1   If vintage part number does not match exactly, the cover may not fit. Simple variations such as an “N” at the end of the part number contain minor design variations that will prevent our cover from working with that particular loadcenter. 

**Volume 1—Residential and Light Commercial** CA08100002E—April 2017 www.eaton.com 

**V1-T1-24** 

Loadcenters and Circuit Breakers 

1.1 

Type CH Loadcenters and Circuit Breakers 

**==> picture [25 x 6] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
DS100H1<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


**==> picture [19 x 6] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
GBK14<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


|**Field Installation Rainproof Conduit Hubs**||||
|---|---|---|---|
||**Conduit Size**|**Ordering**|**Catalog**|
|**Description**|**Inches (mm)**|**Quantity**1|**Number**|
|Group 1—for use with 70, 100 and 125 A MLO and MCB loadcenters and circuit breaker enclosures|0.75 (19.1)|1|**DS075H1**|
||1.00 (25.4)|1|**DS100H1**|
||1.25 (31.8)|1|**DS125H1**|
||1.50 (38.1)|1|**DS150H1**|
||2.00 (50.8)|1|**DS200H1**|
|Group 2—for use with 150, 200 and 225 A MLO and MCB loadcenters and circuit breaker enclosures|2.00 (50.8)|1|**DS200H2**|
||2.50 (63.5)|1|**DS250H2**|
||3.00 (76.2)|1|**DS300H2**|
|Adapter kit—allows installing a Group 1 hub on devices arranged for Group 2 hubs|—|1|**DS900AP**|
|Group 1—small blank hub closure plate|—|1|**DS900CP1**|
|Group 2 —large blank hub closure plate|—|1|**DS900CP2**|



## **Ground Bar Kits** 

**1** 

||**Length**|**Ordering**|**Catalog**|
|---|---|---|---|
|**Description (See Legend)**|**Inches (mm)**|**Quantity**2|**Number**|
|dssssds|2.54 (64.5)|1|**GBK5**2|
|dssssdsj|3.59 (91.2)|1|**GBK520**2|
|dssssdssssss|4.29 (109.0)|1|**GBK10**2|
|dssssdssssssj|5.34 (135.6)|1|**GBK1020**2|
|f<br>d<br>f<br>f<br>f<br>k<br>f<br>d<br>f<br>k<br>f<br>f<br>f|4.61 (117.1)|1|**GBK13**2|
|dssssdssssssssss|5.69 (144.5)|1|**GBK14**2|
|dssssdssssssssssj|6.74 (171.2)|1|**GBK1420**2|
|dssssdsssssssssssssssss|8.14 (206.8)|1|**GBK21**2|
|dssssdsssssssssssssssssj|9.19 (233.4)|1|**GBK2120**2|
|ssssssssdssssssdsssssss|7.94 (201.7)|1|**CH9GP21**34|



## **Ground Bar Legend** 

- s = (3) #14–#10 Cu/Al or (1) #14–#4 Cu/Al j = (1) #6–2/0 Cu/Al = (1) 1/0–14 or (3) #10–12 Cu/Al = (1) #14–1/0 Cu/Al or (3) #14–#10 Cu/Al 

- d = Mounting hole 

## **Grounded “B” Phase Adapters** 

|**Maximum**|**Three-Phase Loadcenter**|**Kit Catalog**|
|---|---|---|
|**Amperes**|**Types of Panels**|**Number**5|
|125|12–32 circuit main lug|**CHGRD1**|
|225|Main lug and CHH main breaker panels|**CHGRD2**|
||CC main CB panels|**CHGRD3**|



## **Neutral Bar Accessories** 

|**Neutral Bar Accessories**||
|---|---|
||**Catalog**|
|**Description**|**Number**5|
|Replacement neutral for all B and C type boxes|**CHN125C**|
|Replacement neutral for all D type boxes|**CHN125D**|
|Replacement neutral for all E, G, J, K and L type boxes|**CHN225L**|
|Isolated Neutral Assembly (computer circuits)|**BINA**|



_**Notes**_ 

- 1 Must be purchased in multiples of ordering quantities indicated. 

- 2 Distance between mounting holes is 1-3/4 inches (44.5 mm). 

- 3 For single- and three-phase 400 A loadcenters. 

- 4 Distance between mounting holes is 2-13/32 inches. 

- 5 Cannot be used in Safety Breaker Panels. Classic Plus Panels only. 

**Volume 1—Residential and Light Commercial** CA08100002E—April 2017 www.eaton.com 

**V1-T1-25** 

Loadcenters and Circuit Breakers 

Type CH Loadcenters and Circuit Breakers 

## 1.1 

**1** ~~__~~ 

## _**Decorator Cover Accessory**_ 

- For easy use with CH loadcenters mounted in living space 

- Easily wallpapered or painted to match any decor 

> ● Loadcenter accessory—exclusively from Eaton 

## _**Now you see it …**_ 

_**… Now you don’t.**_ 

## **Decorator Cover Accessory**[1] 

|**Catalog Number**||
|---|---|
|**Corresponding Cover**|**Existing CH Loadcenter Cover**|
|CH8BF|**CH8KDNB**|
|CH8CF|**CH8KDNC**|
|CH8DF/EF|**CH8KDND**|
|CH8GF/JF|**CH8KDNJ**|
|CH8KF|**CH8KDNK**|



## _**Loadcenter Goof Collars**_ 

Don’t let an ugly drywall problem ruin a beautiful electrical installation. 

Eaton’s Goof Collar is designed to cover gaps between the finished drywall and loadcenter enclosure. This is often necessary when upgrading the electrical service and the drywall surrounding the panel is damaged. The collar allows 2 inches of overhang beyond the standard flush trim. 

_**Before After**_ 

## **CH Goof Collars** 

|**Inches (mm)**||**Catalog Number**||
|---|---|---|---|
|**Height**|**Width**|**Loadcenter Cover**|**Goof Collar**|
|21.00 (533.4)|19.00 (482.6)|**CH8BF**|**CH8BFC1921**|
|26.00 (660.4)|19.00 (482.6)|**CH8CF**|**CH8CFC1926**|
|34.00 (863.6)|19.00 (482.6)|**CH8DF**|**CH8DFC1934**|
|||**CH8EF**||
|||**CHSUR8EF**||
|39.00 (990.6)|19.00 (482.6)|**CH8GF**|**CH8JFC1939**|
|||**CH8JF**||
|42.00 (1066.8)|19.00 (482.6)|**CH8KF**|**CH8KFC1942**|
|||**CHSUR8KF**||
|44.00 (1117.6)|19.00 (482.6)|**CH8LF**|**CH8LFC1944**|
|||**CHSUR8LF**||



## **BR Goof Collars** 

|**Inches (mm)**||**Catalog Number**||
|---|---|---|---|
|**Height**|**Width**|**BR Box Size**|**Goof Collar**|
|21.00 (533.4)|19.00 (482.6)|**B1**|**BRB2GC2319**|
|23.00 (584.2)|19.00 (482.6)|**B2**|**BRB1GC2119**|
|25.00 (635.0)|19.00 (482.6)|**C1**|**BRC1GC2519**|
|27.00 (685.8)|19.00 (482.6)|**C2**|**BRC2GC2719**|
|31.00 (787.4)|19.00 (482.6)|**C4**|**BRC4GC3119**|
|34.00 (863.6)|19.00 (482.6)|**D1**|**BRD1GC3419**|
|38.00 (965.2)|19.00 (482.6)|**G1**|**BRG1GC3819**|
|43.00 (1092.2)|19.00 (482.6)|**L1**|**BRL1G4319**|
|48.00 (1219.2)|19.00 (482.6)|**L2**|**BRL2GC4819**|



## _**Note**_ 

- 1 For goof collars not listed in the table, please contact the Lincoln Flex Center at 1-800-330-6479. 

**Volume 1—Residential and Light Commercial** CA08100002E—April 2017 www.eaton.com 

**V1-T1-26** 

Loadcenters and Circuit Breakers 

1.1 

Type CH Loadcenters and Circuit Breakers 

**1** 

## **Dimensions** 

Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) 

## _**Residential/Commercial/Unit Enclosure—Box Sizes**_ 

**Note:** Box sizes do not include covers/fronts. 

## _**Residential Loadcenter Knockout**_ 

Residential NEMA Type 1 Indoor and NEMA Type 3R Outdoor Enclosures. 

## **Residential Loadcenters** 

|**Box Size**|**Height**|**Width**|**Depth**|
|---|---|---|---|
|**NEMA Type 1**|**Indoor**|||
|5|9.50 (241.3)|4.50 (114.3)|3.13 (79.4)|
|6|11.38 (288.9)|6.88 (174.6)|3.39 (86.1)|
|7|13.00 (330.2)|11.00 (279.4)|3.69 (93.7)|
|B|16.75 (425.5)|14.31 (363.5)|3.88 (98.4)|
|C|21.00 (533.4)|14.31 (363.5)|3.88 (98.4)|
|D|29.13 (739.8)|14.31 (363.5)|3.88 (98.4)|
|E|29.13 (739.8)|14.31 (363.5)|3.88 (98.4)|
|G|34.13 (866.8)|14.31 (363.5)|3.88 (98.4)|
|J|34.13 (866.8)|14.31 (363.5)|3.88 (98.4)|
|K|37.00 (939.8)|14.31 (363.5)|3.88 (98.4)|
|L|39.00 (990.6)|14.31 (363.5)|3.88 (98.4)|
|N|45.00 (1143.0)|14.31 (363.5)|3.88 (98.4)|
|**NEMA Type 3R Outdoor**||||
|5R|9.50 (241.3)|4.50 (114.3)|3.13 (79.4)|
|6R|11.75 (298.5)|6.50 (165.1)|4.50 (114.3)|
|7R|13.00 (330.2)|11.00 (279.4)|3.69 (93.7)|
|B|16.75 (425.5)|14.31 (363.5)|5.19 (131.8)|
|C|21.00 (533.4)|14.31 (363.5)|5.19 (131.8)|
|D|29.13 (739.8)|14.31 (363.5)|5.19 (131.8)|
|E|29.13 (739.8)|14.31 (363.5)|5.19 (131.8)|
|G|34.13 (866.8)|14.31 (363.5)|5.19 (131.8)|
|J|34.13 (866.8)|14.31 (363.5)|5.19 (131.8)|
|K|37.00 (939.8)|14.31 (363.5)|5.19 (131.8)|
|L|39.00 (990.6)|14.31 (363.5)|5.19 (131.8)|



## **Commercial Loadcenters** 

|**Box Size**|**Height**|**Width**|**Depth**|
|---|---|---|---|
|**NEMA Type 1 Indoor**||||
|P|54.38 (1381.1)|21.00 (533.4)|6.00 (152.4)|
|PM|62.63 (1590.7)|21.00 (533.4)|6.00 (152.4)|



## **Types ECB and ECC Unit Enclosures** 

|**Height**|**Width**|**Depth**|
|---|---|---|
|**NEMA Type 1 Indoor**|||
|23.25 (590.6)|8.88 (225.4)|4.50 (114.3)|
|**NEMA Type 3R Outdoor**|||
|23.69 (601.7)|9.31 (236.5)|5.44 (138.1)|



## **Knockouts for Box Sizes 5, 6, 7, 5R, 6R, 7R** 

|**Code**|**Diameter**||||
|---|---|---|---|---|
|A|0.50 (12.7)|—|—|—|
|B|0.50 (12.7)|0.75 (19.1)|—|—|
|C|0.50 (12.7)|0.75 (19.1)|1.00 (25.4)|—|
|D|0.50 (12.7)|0.75 (19.1)|1.00 (25.4)|1.25 (31.8)|
|E|0.75 (19.1)|1.00 (25.4)|1.25 (31.8)|—|
|F|0.75 (19.1)|1.00 (25.4)|1.25 (31.8)|1.50 (38.1)|
|G|1.00 (25.4)|1.25 (31.8)|1.50 (38.1)|—|
|H|1.00 (25.4)|1.25 (31.8)|1.50 (38.1)|2.00 (50.8)|
|I|1.25 (31.8)|1.50 (38.1)|2.00 (50.8)|—|



## **Knockout Positions** 

**==> picture [208 x 351] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
F A Hub<br>A<br>D A<br>A<br>D D D D D D<br>A A<br>F F<br>A A<br>Box 5 Box 5R<br>B B<br>H Hub<br>A A<br>F C F F<br>B B<br>A A<br>F F C F D F B D<br>A H A B H B<br>B B<br>Box 6 Box 6R<br>B C A B B Hub<br>A A A G A A A<br>G G B B<br>B<br>A B<br>C C C<br>G C F G G C F G<br>A A A A A A A A A A A A<br>G G<br>B C A B B B C A B B<br>Box 7 Box 7R<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


**Volume 1—Residential and Light Commercial** CA08100002E—April 2017 www.eaton.com 

**V1-T1-27** 

Loadcenters and Circuit Breakers 

**1** 

## 1.1 

Type CH Loadcenters and Circuit Breakers 

Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) 

## _**Residential and Commercial Loadcenter Knockout**_ 

Residential NEMA Type 1 indoor and NEMA Type 3R outdoor enclosures. 

## **Knockouts for Box Sizes 8, 8R, P, PM, B, C, D, E, G, J, K, L, N and Outdoor Boxes 12–60 Circuits** 

|**Code**|**Diameter**|||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|a<br>b|0.75 (19.1)<br>0.50 (12.7)|—<br>0.75 (19.1)|—<br>—|—<br>—|—<br>—|
|c|0.50 (12.7)|—|—|—|—|
|d<br>e|1.00 (25.4)<br>1.25 (31.8)|1.25 (31.8)<br>1.50 (38.1)|1.50 (38.1)<br>2.00 (50.8)|2.00 (50.8)<br>2.50 (63.5)|2.50 (63.5)<br>—|
|f<br>g<br>h|0.75 (19.1)<br>0.50 (12.7)<br>1.50 (38.1)|1.25 (31.8)<br>0.75 (19.1)<br>2.00 (50.8)|1.50 (38.1)<br>1.00 (25.4)<br>2.50 (63.5)|2.00 (50.8)<br>—<br>—|—<br>—<br>—|
|i|0.50 (12.7)|0.75 (19.1)|1.00 (25.4)|1.25 (31.8)|1.50 (38.1)|
|j|1.00 (25.4)|1.25 (31.8)|1.50 (38.1)|—|—|
|k|1.25 (31.8)|1.50 (38.1)|2.00 (50.8)|—|—|
|m|0.75 (19.1)|1.00 (25.4)|1.25 (31.8)|1.50 (38.1)|2.00 (50.8)|
|n<br>p|0.75 (19.1)<br>2.00 (50.8)|1.00 (25.4)<br>2.50 (63.5)|1.25 (31.8)<br>—|1.50 (38.1)<br>—|—<br>—|



## **Knockout Diagram** 

## **Type ECB and ECC Unit Enclosure Knockout** 

|**Code**<br>**NEMA**|**Diameter**<br>**Type 1 Indoor**|**(Flush and**|**Surface Trims)**|||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|A|0.50 (12.7)|—|—|—|—|
|B|1.25 (31.8)|1.50 (38.1)|1.75 (44.5)|2.00 (50.8)|2.50 (63.5)|
|**NEMA**|**Type 3R Outdoor**|||||
|A<br>B|0.50 (12.7)<br>1.25 (31.8)|—<br>1.50 (38.1)|—<br>1.75 (44.5)|—<br>2.00 (50.8)|—<br>2.50 (63.5)|



## **NEMA Type 1—Indoor** 

**==> picture [116 x 106] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
A<br>B<br>B B B<br>B B B<br>B A<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


**==> picture [376 x 298] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
c b<br>h<br>NEMA Type 3R—Outdoor<br>HUB<br>e a e c c c e e FlushTrim<br>0.45 Dia. 0.45 Dia. 3/4<br>bg bc cc c cc d cc c cc i bb B B B<br>Outdoor Boxes<br>12–42 Circuits 225 A Maximum Box P, PM B A<br>0.45 Dia. 0.45 Dia. 0.45 Dia. 0.45 Dia.<br>bb i cc c cc d cc c cc cb gb bb i cc c cc d cc c cc cb gb<br>e e g g e e e e g g e e<br>g g<br>cg b b gc cc bb bb cc<br>c b b c<br>cg b b gc ccg bb bb gcc<br>e e e e e e e e<br>0.45 Dia. 0.45 Dia. 0.45 Dia. 0.45 Dia.<br>bg bc cc c cc d cc c cc i bb bg bc cc c cc d cc c cc i bb<br>Box B Box C, D, E, G, J, K, L, N<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


**Volume 1—Residential and Light Commercial** CA08100002E—April 2017 www.eaton.com 

**V1-T1-28** 

Loadcenters and Circuit Breakers 

1.1 

Type CH Loadcenters and Circuit Breakers 

## **Technical Data and Specifications** 

|**General**|**General**|**Ratings**|**Ratings**|**Bus**||D.|All circuit breakers shall|
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|A.|The Contractor shall|A.|Loadcenters shall be|A.|Busbars for the main and||be operated by a toggle-|
||furnish and install||rated for 240 Vac and||cross connectors shall be||type handle and multipole|
||loadcenters incorporating||shall have short-circuit||of silver flash plated||circuit breakers shall have|
||circuit breakers of the||ratings as shown on the||copper construction in||an internal common trip|
||number, rating and type||drawings or as herein||accordance with UL||mechanism. The circuit|
||as specified herein and||scheduled, but not less||standards. Bussing shall||breakers shall incorporate|
||as shown on the||than 10,000 amperes||be braced to 65 kAIC.||trip mechanisms that are|
|B.|contract drawings.<br>The loadcenter and all<br>components shall be<br>designed, manufactured<br>and tested in accordance|B.|rms symmetrical.<br>Breakers shall be full<br>size and a minimum of<br>125 A frame. Breakers<br>10 –125 A trip size shall|B.|Neutral bussing shall<br>have a suitable lug for<br>each outgoing feeder<br>requiring a neutral<br>connection of same||mechanically trip-free<br>from the handle. The<br>handle position shall<br>provide good visual<br>trip indication.|
||with the latest applicable||take up the same pole||ampacity as branch.|E.|Contacts shall be of non-|
||standards of UL and<br>NEMA including:|C.|spacing.<br>Loadcenters shall be|**Wiring/Termination**<br>A.<br>All wire connectors and||F.|welding silver alloy.<br>All branch breaker|
|1.|UL 67—standards for||labeled with a UL short-||terminals shall be of the||handles shall be of a|
||panelboards||circuit rating. When||anti-turn solderless type||different color than the|
|2.<br>3.<br>4.|UL 50—standards for<br>cabinets and boxes<br>UL 489—standards for<br>molded case circuit<br>breakers<br>Federal Spec<br>Classification W-C 375||series ratings are applied<br>with integral or remote<br>devices, a label shall be<br>provided. Series ratings<br>shall cover all trip ratings<br>of installed frames. It<br>shall state the conditions<br>of the UL series ratings<br>including:|B.|and suitable for copper<br>or aluminum wire of the<br>sizes indicated. All<br>connectors shall meet<br>the “Requirements<br>for Wire Connectors<br>and Soldering Lugs”<br>UL 486B.<br>All loadcenters where|G.|case of the breaker.<br>All terminals shall be<br>listed for use with copper<br>or aluminum conductors.<br>Terminals shall be of the<br>box lug design. The<br>terminals shall meet<br>UL 486B requirements<br>and shall be suitable for|
|5.|UL 1699—all fault|1.|Size and type of||marked shall be suitable||use with either 60 °C or|
||interrupting||upstream device.||for use with 60/75 °C||75 °C wire.|
|**Qualifications**||2.|Branch devices that||rated wire.|H.|Breakers shall be SWD|
|A.|The manufacturer of the||can be used.|**Circuit Breakers**|||rated and/or HACR rated|
|loadcenter shall be the<br>manufacturer of the<br>circuit breaker within the<br>load center. All breakers<br>shall be full size.<br>B.<br>For the equipment<br>specified herein, the<br>manufacturer shall be<br>ISO®9000 certified.<br>C.<br>The manufacturer of<br>this equipment shall have<br>produced similar<br>electrical equipment<br>for a minimum period<br>of seven (7) years.<br>**Manufacturers**<br>A.<br>Eaton||3.<br>UL series short-circuit<br>rating.<br>**Construction**<br>A.<br>All interiors, with the<br>exception of the branch<br>circuit breakers shall be<br>completely factory<br>assembled with main<br>breakers, main lugs or<br>no main device.<br>B.<br>Interiors shall be so<br>designed that circuit<br>breakers can be replaced<br>without disturbing<br>adjacent units and<br>without removing the<br>main bus connectors and||A.<br>B.|Circuit breakers shall<br>be molded case type,<br>3/4-inch (19.1 mm) wide<br>per pole. Multipole circuit<br>breakers shall be of a<br>stack pole design to<br>provide electrical phase<br>isolation and have an<br>internal common trip.<br>Each pole of the circuit<br>breaker will have inverse<br>time delay overload and<br>instantaneous short-<br>circuit protection by<br>means of both thermal<br>and magnetic sensors.<br>Circuit breakers shall be<br>quick-make/quick-break.|I.|as required.<br>Arc fault interrupting<br>circuit breakers, (AFC),<br>shall be provided on all<br>15 and 20 A single-phase<br>120/240 Vac circuits<br>except those indicated as<br>remote controlled<br>breakers. AFI breakers<br>shall be “Classified for<br>mitigating the effects of<br>arcing faults,” or<br>conforming to UL<br>Standard 1699 and as<br>defined by per Article<br>210.12 Section A of the<br>NEC Code.|
||||shall be so designed that<br>circuits may be changed<br>without machining,<br>drilling or tapping.|C.|The circuit breaker<br>calibration shall not be<br>affected by environmental<br>changes in relative|||
|||C.|Physical means must<br>be provided to prevent<br>the installation of more||humidity. Breakers<br>shall be calibrated<br>after assembly.|||
||||overcurrent devices than|||||
||||that number for which|||||
||||the enclosure was|||||
||||designed. Full size|||||
||||breakers are required.|||||



**1** 

**Volume 1—Residential and Light Commercial** CA08100002E—April 2017 www.eaton.com 

**V1-T1-29** 

## 1.1 

## Loadcenters and Circuit Breakers 

Type CH Loadcenters and Circuit Breakers 

## **Enclosures** 

- **1** A. Loadcenters shall have NEMA 1 general purpose 

- **1** or NEMA 3R rainproof enclosures as indicated 

- **1** on the drawings and shall be surface or flush 

- **1** mounted except where noted. 

   - B. For indoor applications, enclosures shall be rated NEMA 1. Enclosures shall be manufactured from cold-rolled codegauge sheet steel having multiple knockouts and painted per paint specification. For outdoor applications, enclosures shall be rated NEMA 3R. Enclosures shall be manufactured from galvanized steel which shall be painted per the painted as specified. Enclosures shall be of sufficient size to meet or exceed NEC wire bending space. 

## **Finish** 

- A. Boxes and trims shall be finished with a high scratch-resistant aesthetically pleasing finish. The finish shall be polyurethane coating electrostatically applied to a thickness of 1.8 to 2 mils. 

All loadcenters shall be provided with provisions for accepting a paintable or wall paperable decorator accessory cover. Where loadcenters are installed in living areas, provide manufacturer designed and tested decorator cover kits. 

- C. The cover shall have an easy adjustment feature for flush applications. 

- D. Boxes shall be factory assembled into a single rigid structure. 

- E. Provide circuit breaker marking labels and directories. 

**Volume 1—Residential and Light Commercial** CA08100002E—April 2017 www.eaton.com 

**V1-T1-30** 

Loadcenters and Circuit Breakers 

1.1 

Type CH Loadcenters and Circuit Breakers 

## **Plug-On Circuit Breakers** 

## **Contents** 

|**Contents**|||
|---|---|---|
|**Contents**||**1**|
|**_Description_**|**_Page_**||
|Overview  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V1-T1-2**|**1**|
|CH Specialty Products  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .<br>CH Loadcenter Options and Accessories . . . . . . .|**V1-T1-14**<br>**V1-T1-22**|**1**|
|CH Circuit Breakers<br>Product Selection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V1-T1-32**|**1**|
|Options and Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .<br>Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . .|**V1-T1-38**<br>**V1-T1-40**|**1**|
|Wiring Diagrams  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V1-T1-40**|**1**|



## **CH Circuit Breakers** 

## **Product Description** 

Quick-make, quick-break switch mechanism combined with inverse time element tripping operation and tripfree handle design. Type CH circuit breakers trip to the OFF position, eliminating nuisance callbacks. The CHF family also includes a trip flag to differentiate between a trip and the breaker being turned off. The thermal-magnetic trip curve avoids nuisance tripping on mild overloads while reacting almost instantaneously to severe short-circuit conditions. Multipole breakers have internal common trip connection to operate all poles simultaneously. Handles are marked with ON-OFF indication and ampere rating of the breaker. 

## _**Special Application Plug-On Circuit Breakers—Type CH 10 kAIC 120 Vac and 120/240 Vac**_ **Branch Feeder Type Arc Fault Circuit Breakers** 

A branch feeder type arc fault circuit interrupter is a device intended to mitigate high current arcing faults in the complete circuit, including connected cords. High current arcing faults can occur from line to neutral or line to ground. These arcing faults are in parallel with the load and produce the most energy of all arcing faults. 

The branch feeder type AFCI is required in the 1999 and 2002 National Electrical Code. 

The Combination Type AFCI is required in all subsequent editions of the National Electrical Code. 

## **Combination Type Arc Fault Circuit Breakers** 

A combination type arc fault circuit interrupter is a device that offers mitigation of high current arcing faults in the complete circuit, including connected cords. In addition it provides direct detection of persistent low current arcing faults down to 5 amps with associated mitigation of fire hazards in the cords connected to the outlets. High current arcing faults can occur from line to neutral or line to ground. These arcing faults are in parallel with the load and produce the most energy of all arcing faults. The current level of low current arcing faults is limited by the load. 

## **Ground Fault Circuit Breakers—Ground Fault Application Notes** 

Single-pole Type CHGFIs are designed for use in two-wire, 120 Vac circuits. The diagram on **Page V1-T1-40** shows a typical wiring configuration. 

Two-pole Type CHGFIs are designed for use in threewire, 120/240 Vac circuits, 120 Vac multiwire circuits employing common, neutral and two-wire, 240 Vac circuits obtained from a 120/240 Vac source. 

even though the neutral is not included in the load circuit. This connection is necessary to supply a 120 Vac power source to the ground fault sensing circuit. 

The figures are shown with a 120/240 Vac, single-phase, three-wire power source, but are also applicable to a 120/208 Vac, three-phase, four-wire power supply. For all figures, the electrical operation of the Type CHGFI is not affected by the equipment ground. 

Diagrams on **Page V1-T1-40** illustrate typical wiring configurations for 120/240 Vac multiwire circuits. 

The diagram on **Page V1-T1-40** depicts a 240 Vac, two-wire circuit. Note the “panel neutral” conductor connects to the neutral bar, 

## **Features** 

**==> picture [230 x 190] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
Over-Center Magnetic<br>Toggle Spring * Armature<br>Latch  Current<br>Lever Bi-Metal<br>Sr ‘ f<br>Lug<br>Screw<br>Latch<br>ITER, } :<br>Spring<br>Load<br>Terminal<br>Line<br>Contact<br>Clip<br>Contact<br>Magnetic<br>Pole Piece<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


**Volume 1—Residential and Light Commercial** CA08100002E—April 2017 www.eaton.com 

**V1-T1-31** 

Loadcenters and Circuit Breakers 

1.1 

Type CH Loadcenters and Circuit Breakers 

**Product Selection 1** ~~_~~ 

## _**10 kAIC, 120 Vac, 120/240 Vac and 240 Vac**_ 

**Type CH Plug-On Circuit Breakers** 

## **Type CH Breakers, 3/4-Inch (19.1 mm) per Pole 120, 120/240 or 240 Vac, 10 kAIC** 

## **Catalog Number** 

|||**Single-Pole** **120/240 Vac**<br>**Requires One**|**Two-Pole** **120/240 Vac**<br>**Common Trip Requires Two**|**Two-Pole** **120/240 Vac**<br>**Common Trip Requires Two**|**Three-Pole** **240 Vac**<br>**Common Trip Requires Three**|**Three-Pole** **240 Vac**<br>**Common Trip Requires Three**|
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|||**3/4-Inch (19.1 mm) Space**|**3/4-Inch (19.1 mm) Spaces**||**3/4-Inch (19.1 mm) Spaces**||
||**Wire Size**|**10 per Shelf Carton**|**5 per Shelf Carton**||**5 per Shelf Carton**|**5 per Shelf Carton**|
|**Ampere**<br>**Rating**|**Range Cu/Al**<br>**60 °C or 75 °C**||||||
||||||||
|10|(1) #14–81|**CH110**|**CH210**||**CH310**||
|15|(2) #14–1012<br>(1) #14–63|**CH115**78|**CH215**8||**CH315**8||
|20||**CH120**78|**CH220**8||**CH320**8||
|25||**CH125**8|**CH225**8||**CH325**8||
|30||**CH130**8|**CH230**8||**CH330**8||
|35|#14–21|**CH135**8|**CH235**8||**CH335**8||
||#14–63||||||
|40|#10–1/04|**CH140**8|**CH240**8||**CH340**8||
|45<br>50|#14–25<br>#3/06|**CH145**8<br>**CH150**8|**CH245**8<br>**CH250**8||**CH345**8<br>**CH350**8||
|60<br>70||**CH160**<br>**CH170**|**CH260**<br>**CH270**||**CH360**<br>**CH370**||
|80||**—**|**CH280**||**CH3080**||
|90||**—**|**CH290**||**CH3090**||
|100||**—**|**CH2100**||**CH3100**||
|110||**—**|**CH2110**||**—**||
|125||**—**|**CH2125**||**—**||



**Type CH Plug-On Circuit Breakers** 

## **CHF Breakers with Mechanical Trip Flag** 

|||**Catalog Number**<br>**Single-Pole** **120/240 Vac**|**Two-Pole** **120/240 Vac**|**Two-Pole** **120/240 Vac**|
|---|---|---|---|---|
|||**Requires One**|**Common Trip Requires Two**||
||**Wire Size**|**3/4-Inch (19.1 mm) Space**<br>**10 per Shelf Carton**|**3/4-Inch (19.1 mm) Spaces**<br>**5 per Shelf Carton**||
|**Ampere**<br>**Rating**|**Range Cu/Al**<br>**60 °C or 75 °C**||||
|10<br>15|(1) #14–81<br>(2) #14–1012|**CHF110**<br>**CHF115**78|**CHF210**<br>**CHF215**8||
|20||**CHF120**78|**CHF220**8||
|25||**CHF125**8|**CHF225**8||
|30||**CHF130**8|**CHF230**8||
|35<br>40|#14–21<br>#10–1/04|**CHF135**8<br>**CHF140**8|**CHF235**8<br>**CHF240**8||
|45|#14–25|**CHF145**8|**CHF245**8||
|50||**CHF150**8|**CHF250**8||



## _**Notes**_ 

- 1   For single- and two-pole breakers. 

- 2   Solid and stranded wire can be used together. 

- 3   For three-pole breakers. 

- 4   Single-pole 60–70 A, two-pole 80–125 A, three-pole 40–100 A. 

- 5   Single-pole 40–50 A, two-pole 40–70 A. 

- 6   Two-pole 150 A. 

- 7   Switching duty rated. 

- 8   HACR rated. 

For factory-installed options, refer to **Page V1-T1-39.** 

**Volume 1—Residential and Light Commercial** CA08100002E—April 2017 www.eaton.com 

**V1-T1-32** 

Loadcenters and Circuit Breakers 

1.1 

Type CH Loadcenters and Circuit Breakers 

**1** 

## _**Type CH AF/GF Single-Pole Circuit Breaker**_ 

**Type CH AFCI SingleDual Purpose Arc Fault/Ground Fault 3/4-Inch (19.1 mm) Wide Circuit Breakers, Pole Circuit Breaker Type CH, 120 Vac—10 kAIC**[12] **Poles Ampere Rating Configuration** Single-pole 15 Combination AFCI GFCI 10 kAIC 20 Combination AFCI GFCI Single-pole, plug-on neutral 15 Combination AFCI GFCI 10 kAIC \ 20 Combination AFCI GFCI ~~e~~ 

|**Poles**<br>Single-pole<br>10 kAIC<br>Single-pole, plug-on neutral<br>10 kAIC<br>~~e~~|**Ampere Rating**<br>15<br>20<br>15<br>20|**Configuration**<br>Combination AFCI GFCI<br>Combination AFCI GFCI<br>Combination AFCI GFCI<br>Combination AFCI GFCI|**Catalog Number**<br>**CHFAFGF115**3<br>**CHFAFGF120**3<br>**CHFAFGF115PN**<br>**CHFAFGF120PN**|
|---|---|---|---|



## _**Plug-On Branch Feeder Type Arc Fault Circuit Breakers, Type CH 10 kAIC, 120 Vac and 120/240 Vac**_ 

## **Combination Type CH AFCI 3/4-Inch (19.1 mm) Wide Circuit Breakers** 

**Type CH AFCI SinglePole Circuit Breaker** ~~E~~ 

|**Poles**<br>**Standard Pigtail**<br>Single-pole<br>10 kAIC<br>Two-pole<br>10 kAIC<br>~~E~~|**Ampere Rating**<br>15<br>20<br>15<br>20|**Catalog Number**<br>**CHFCAF115**<br>**CHFCAF120**<br>**CH215CAF**<br>**CH220CAF**|
|---|---|---|



**Type CH AFCI SingleBranch Type CH AFCI 3/4-Inch (19.1 mm) Wide FIRE-GUARD[®] Circuit Breakers Pole Circuit Breaker** 

|**Poles**|**Ampere Rating**|**Configuration**|**Catalog Number**|
|---|---|---|---|
|Single-pole|15|AFCI|**CH115AF**3|
|10 kAIC|20|AFCI|**CH120AF**3|
|Two-pole<br>10 kAIC45|15<br>20|AFCI common trip<br>AFCI common trip|**CH215AF**<br>**CH220AF**|



## _**Plug-On Combination Type Arc Fault Circuit Breakers and Ground Fault, Type CH 10 kAIC, 120 Vac and 120/240 Vac**_[6] 

## **Combination Type CH AFCI 3/4-Inch (19.1 mm) and CHGFCI Circuit Breakers** 

|**Type CH AFCI Single-**<br>**Pole PON Combo**<br>**Circuit Breaker**|**Combination Type CH AFCI 3/4-Inch (19.1 mm) and CHGFCI Circuit Breakers**<br>**Poles**|**Combination Type CH AFCI 3/4-Inch (19.1 mm) and CHGFCI Circuit Breakers**<br>**Ampere Rating**|**Combination Type CH AFCI 3/4-Inch (19.1 mm) and CHGFCI Circuit Breakers**<br>**Configuration**|**Catalog Number**|
|---|---|---|---|---|
||Single-pole|15|AFCI plug-on neutral|**CHFCAF115PN**|
||10 kAIC|20<br>15|AFCI plug-on neutral<br>GFCI plug-on neutral|**CHFCAFT120PN**<br>**CHFGFT115PN**|
|||20<br>25<br>~~a~~||**CHFGFT120PN**<br>**CHFGFT125PN**<br>~~a~~|
|||30||**CHFGFT130PN**|



## _**Notes**_ 

- 1   Breaker qualifies as combination arc fault, per UL 1699. 

- 2   Breaker qualifies as personnel protection ground fault, (5 mA) per UL 943. 

- 3   Clamshell packaging available with CS modification code on the end of catalog number. 

- 4   Common trip refers to two-pole 240 V load application sourced by 120/240 Vac (see diagram on **Page V1-T1-40** ). 

- 5   Independent trip refers to two-pole multi-wire, home run or shared neutral circuits (see diagrams on **Page V1-T1-40** ). 

- 6   Requires plug-on neutral loadcenter. 

**Volume 1—Residential and Light Commercial** CA08100002E—April 2017 www.eaton.com 

**V1-T1-33** 

Loadcenters and Circuit Breakers 

1.1 

Type CH Loadcenters and Circuit Breakers 

**1** ~~=~~ 

## _**Plug-On Ground Fault Circuit Breakers, Type CH 10 kAIC, 120 Vac and 120/240 Vac**_ 

**Type CH Single-Pole Type CH Ground Fault Circuit Breakers (5 Milliampere) 3/4-Inch (19.1 mm) per Pole 120 Vac or 120/240 Vac,10 kAIC** 

||||**Catalog Number—1 per Shelf Carton**<br>**Single-Pole 120 Vac Requires**|**Two-Pole 120/240 Vac Common Trip**|
|---|---|---|---|---|
||||**One 3/4-Inch (19.1 mm) Space**|**Requires Two 3/4-Inch (19.1 mm) Spaces**|
|fm),|**Ampere**<br>**Rating**<br>**Wire Size Range**<br>**Cu/Al 60 °C or 75 °C**1<br>15<br>#14–6<br>**CHFGFT115**<br>**CH215GFT**<br>20<br>#14–6<br>**CHFGFT120**<br>**CH220GFT**<br> ~~SS~~||||
||25|#14–6|**CHFGFT125**|**CH225GFT**|
||30|#14–6|**CHFGFT130**|**CH230GFT**|
||35<br>40|#14–6<br>#14–6|**—**<br>**—**|**CH235GFT**<br>**CH240GFT**|
||45|#14–6|**—**|**CH245GFT**|
||50|#14–6|**—**|**CH250GFT**|
||60|#14–61|**—**|**CH260GFT**|



**Type CH Two-Pole Type CH Ground Fault Equipment Protectors (30 Milliampere) 3/4-Inch (19.1 mm) per Pole 120 Vac or 120/240 Vac, 10 kAIC** 

## **Catalog Number—1 per Shelf Carton** 

||||**Catalog Number—1 per Shelf Carton**||
|---|---|---|---|---|
||||**Single-Pole 120 Vac Requires**|**Two-Pole 120/240 Vac Common Trip**|
||||**One 3/4-Inch (19.1 mm) Space**|**Requires Two 3/4-Inch (19.1 mm) Spaces**|
||**Ampere**<br>**Rating**|**Wire Size Range**<br>**Cu/Al 60 °C or 75 °C**1|||
|AA|15<br>#14–6<br>**CHFEP115**<br>**CH215EPD**<br>20<br>#14–6<br>**CHFEP120**<br>**CH220EPD**<br> ~~Oo~~||||
||25|#14–6|**CHFEP125**|**—**|
||30|#14–6|**CHFEP130**|**CH230EPD**|
||40|#14–6|**—**|**CH240EPD**|
||50|#14–6|**—**|**CH250EPD**|
||60|#14–61|**—**|**CH260EPD**|



## _**Type CH Switching Neutral Breakers—10 kAIC, 120 Vac and 120/240 Vac**_ 

Used to open the neutral along power line(s) for applications of gas pumps. 

## **CH220SW** 

## **3/4-Inch (19.1 mm) per Pole 120/240 or 240 Vac, 10 kAIC** 

|||**Catalog Number—1 per Shelf Carton**<br>**Two-Pole 120 Vac**|**Catalog Number—1 per Shelf Carton**<br>**Two-Pole 120 Vac**|**Three-Pole 120/240 Vac**|**Three-Pole 120/240 Vac**|
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|||**Common Trip Requires**||**Common Trip Requires**||
|||**Two 3/4-Inch (19.1 mm) Spaces**||**Three 3/4-Inch (19.1 mm) Spaces**||
|**Ampere**<br>**Rating**|**Wire Size Range**<br>**Cu/Al 60 °C or 75 °C**||Neutral In<br>Neutral Out<br>(Hot leg)||Neutral In<br>Neutral Out<br>Phase<br>Phase|
|15|#14–8|**CH215SW**2||**CH315SW**3||
|20|#14–8|**CH220SW**2||**CH320SW**3||
|30|#14–8|**CH230SW**2||**CH330SW**3||
|40<br>50|#14–8<br>#14–8|**CH240SW**2<br>**CH250SW**2||**CH340SW**3<br>**CH350SW**3||



## _**Notes**_ 

- 1   60 A breaker listed for 75 °C Cu wire only. 

- 2   For circuit breakers with shunt trip, add ST suffix. Shunt trip requires one additional pole space. 

- 3   Switching duty rated. 

**Volume 1—Residential and Light Commercial** CA08100002E—April 2017 www.eaton.com 

**V1-T1-34** 

Loadcenters and Circuit Breakers 

1.1 

Type CH Loadcenters and Circuit Breakers 

## _**Type CH-HID Circuit Breakers—10 kAIC, 120 Vac, 120/240 and 240 Vac**_ 

Suitable for use in circuits for fluorescent and high intensity discharge lighting. Also suitable for HACR applications. 

**1** 

## **3/4-Inch (19.1 mm) per Pole 120 Vac, 120/240 and 240 Vac, 10 kAIC** 

**Single-Pole 120/240 Vac Two-Pole 240 Vac Three-Pole 240 Vac Requires One Common Trip Requires Common Trip Requires 3/4-Inch (19.1 mm) Space Two 3/4-Inch (19.1 mm) Spaces Three 3/4-Inch (19.1 mm) Spaces 10 per Shelf Carton 5 per Shelf Carton 5 per Shelf Carton Catalog Number Catalog Number Catalog Number Ampere Wire Size Range Rating Cu/Al 60 °C or 75 °C** ~~a = OO~~ 15 #14–8 **CH115HID CH215HID**[1] **CH315HID** 20 #14–8 **CH120HID CH220HID CH320HID** 30 #14–8 **CH130HID CH230HID CH330HID** 

## _**Type CHT Twin 10 kAIC, 120/240 Vac, Universal CTL and Non-CTL Plug-On Circuit Breakers**_ 

Suitable for CTL and Non-CTL CH loadcenters. 

**Type CH and CHT Circuit Breakers Mounted in Twin Breaker Panel** 

## **Twin (CTL) 3/4-Inch (19.1 mm) per Pole 120 Vac Class CTL 10 kAIC** 

**Single-Pole Requires One 3/4-Inch (19.1 mm) Space 10 per Shelf Carton Catalog Number** 

**AmpereRating Wire Size Range Cu/Al 60 °C or 75 °C** 120/240 Vac120/240 Vac 15–15 #14–8 **CHT1515**[23] ~~So_-dasos._.#,_~~ 15–20 #14–8 **CHT1520**[23] 20–20 #14–8 **CHT2020**[23] 

## _**Notes**_ 

1   CH215HID is rated for 120/240 V. 

- 2   Switching duty rated. 

- 3   HACR rated. 

**Volume 1—Residential and Light Commercial** CA08100002E—April 2017 www.eaton.com 

**V1-T1-35** 

Loadcenters and Circuit Breakers 

1.1 

Type CH Loadcenters and Circuit Breakers 

## **1** 

## _**Type CHP Commercial Breakers—10 kAIC, 120 Vac, 120/240 Vac and 240 Vac**_ 

**Note:** CHP breakers feature on-off and trip positions for commercial applications. 

## **3/4-Inch (19.1 mm) per Pole 120, 120/240 or 240 Vac, 10 kAIC** 

**Single-Pole 120/240 Vac Requires One 3/4-Inch (19.1 mm) Space 10 per Shelf Carton Catalog Number** 

**Two-Pole 120/240 Vac Common Trip Requires Two 3/4-Inch (19.1 mm) Spaces 5 per Shelf Carton Catalog Number** 

**Three-Pole 240 Vac Common Trip Requires Three 3/4-Inch (19.1 mm) Spaces 5 per Shelf Carton Catalog Number** 

|**Ampere**<br>**Rating**<br>**Wire Size Range**<br>**Cu/Al 60 °C or 75 °C**|||
|---|---|---|
|10<br>(1) #14–81<br>(2) #14–1012<br>(1) #14–63<br>15<br>20<br>25<br>30|**CHP110**<br>**CHP210**<br>**CHP310**||
||**CHP115** 67<br>**CHP215** 7<br>**CHP315** 7||
||**CHP120** 67<br>**CHP220** 7<br>**CHP320** 7||
||**CHP125** 7<br>**CHP225** 7<br>**CHP325** 7||
||**CHP130** 7<br>**CHP230** 7<br>**CHP330** 7||
|35<br>#14–21<br>#14–63|**CHP135** 7<br>**CHP235** 7<br>**CHP335** 7||
|40<br>#10–1/04<br>#14–25<br>45<br>50<br>60<br>70<br>80<br>90<br>100<br>110<br>125|**CHP140** 7<br>**CHP240** 7<br>**CHP340** 7||
||**CHP145** 7<br>**CHP245** 7<br>**CHP345** 7||
||**CHP150** 7<br>**CHP250** 7<br>**CHP350** 7||
||**CHP160** 7<br>**CHP260** 7<br>**CHP360** 7||
||**CHP170**<br>**CHP270**<br>**CHP370**||
||**—**<br>**CHP280**<br>**—**||
||**—**<br>**CHP290**<br>**—**||
||**—**<br>**CHP2100**<br>**CHP3100**||
||**—**<br>**CHP2110**<br>**—**||
||**—**<br>**CHP2125**<br>**—**||



## _**Notes**_ 

> 1 For single- and two-pole breakers. 

> 2 Solid and stranded wire can be used together. 

> 3 For three-pole breakers. 

> 4 Single-pole 60–70 A, two-pole 80–125 A, three-pole 40–100 A. 

> 5 Single-pole 40–50 A, two-pole 40–70 A. 

> 6 Switching duty rated. 

> 7 HACR rated. 

CHP breakers offer on-off and trip positions for commercial applications. 

**Volume 1—Residential and Light Commercial** CA08100002E—April 2017 www.eaton.com 

**V1-T1-36** 

Loadcenters and Circuit Breakers 

1.1 

Type CH Loadcenters and Circuit Breakers 

**1** 

## _**Type CHP Neutral Switching Breakers—10 kAIC, 120 Vac and 120/240 Vac**_ 

Used to open the neutral along power line(s) for applications of gas pumps. 

## **3/4-Inch (19.1 mm) per Pole 120 or 120/240 Vac, 10 kAIC** 

|||**Two-Pole 120 Vac Common Trip**<br>**Three-Pole 120/240 Vac Common Trip**|**Two-Pole 120 Vac Common Trip**<br>**Three-Pole 120/240 Vac Common Trip**|**Two-Pole 120 Vac Common Trip**<br>**Three-Pole 120/240 Vac Common Trip**|**Two-Pole 120 Vac Common Trip**<br>**Three-Pole 120/240 Vac Common Trip**|**Two-Pole 120 Vac Common Trip**<br>**Three-Pole 120/240 Vac Common Trip**|
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|||**Requires Two 3/4-Inch (19.1 mm) Spaces**<br>**Requires Three 3/4-Inch (19.1 mm) Spaces**|||||
|||**1 per Shelf Carton**||**1 per Shelf Carton**|||
|||**Catalog Number**||**Catalog Number**|||
|**Ampere**<br>**Rating**|**Wire Size Range**<br>**Cu/Al 60 °C or 75 °C**||Neutral In<br>Neutral Out<br>(Hot leg)|||Neutral In<br>Neutral Out<br>Phase<br>Phase|
|15|#14–8|**CHP215SW**1|||**CHP315SW**1||
|20|#14–8|**CHP220SW**1|||**CHP320SW**1||



## _**Type CH-M50 High Ambient Breaker**_ 

## **3/4-Inch (19.1 mm) per Pole 120 or 120/240 Vac, 10 kAIC** 

|**Ampere**<br>**Rating**<br>**Wire Size Range**<br>**Cu/Al 60 °C or 75 °C**|**Single-Pole 120/240 Vac**<br>**Requires One 3/4-Inch (19.1 mm) Space**<br>**Two-Pole 120/240 Vac Common Trip**<br>**Requires Two 3/4-Inch (19.1 mm) Spaces**<br>**10 per Shelf Carton**<br>**Catalog Number**<br>**5 per Shelf Carton**<br>**Catalog Number**|
|---|---|
|15<br>(1) #14–8<br>(2) #14–10<br>20<br>25<br>30<br>35<br>40<br>45<br>50<br>60<br>70|**CH115M50**<br>**CH215M50**|
||**CH120M50**<br>**CH220M50**|
||**CH125M50**<br>**CH225M50**|
||**CH130M50**<br>**CH230M50**|
||**CH135M50**<br>**CH235M50**|
||**CH140M50**<br>**CH240M50**|
||**CH145M50**<br>**CH245M50**|
||**CH150M50**<br>**CH250M50**|
||**—**<br>**CH260M50**|
||**—**<br>**CH270M50**|



## _**Type CH-HM and CHP-HM High Magnetic Breakers**_ 

## **3/4-Inch (19.1 mm) per Pole 120 or 120/240 Vac, 10 kAIC** 

|**Ampere**<br>**Rating**<br>**Wire Size Range**<br>**Cu/Al 60 °C or 75 °C**|**Single-Pole 120/240 Vac**<br>**Requires One 3/4-Inch (19.1 mm) Space**<br>**Two-Pole 120/240 Vac Common Trip**<br>**Requires Two 3/4-Inch (19.1 mm) Spaces**<br>**10 per Shelf Carton**<br>**Catalog Number**<br>**5 per Shelf Carton**<br>**Catalog Number**|
|---|---|
|15<br>(1) #14–8<br>(2) #14–10<br>20|**CH115HM**<br>**CH215HM**|
||**CH120HM**<br>**CH220HM**|
|15<br>(1) #14–8<br>(2) #14–10<br>20|**CHP115HM**<br>**CHP215HM**|
||**CHP120HM**<br>**CHP220HM**|



_**Note**_ 

> 1 For circuit breakers with shunt trip, add ST suffix. Shunt trip requires one additional pole space, obtain pricing from **Page V1-T1-39** . 

**Volume 1—Residential and Light Commercial** CA08100002E—April 2017 www.eaton.com 

**V1-T1-37** 

Loadcenters and Circuit Breakers 

**CHPLGF** 

## 1.1 

## Type CH Loadcenters and Circuit Breakers 

## **Options and Accessories 1** ~~—__~~ 

## **Field Installation Kits and Parts** 

**CHHT** 

|**CHHT**|**Field Installation Kits and Parts**|||
|---|---|---|---|
||**Description**|**Ordering**<br>**Quantity**1|**Catalog**<br>**Number**|
||**Handle Ties**2|||
||Handle tie bar for physically joining the handles of two adjacent single-pole Type CH circuit breakers (molded plastic handle cover)|25|**CHHT**|
|**CHPL**|**Handle Lockoffs **34|||
||Padlockable device for locking the handle of single-, two- or three-pole Type CH circuit breakers (escutcheon mounted)5|1|**CHPL**|
||Padlockable device for locking the handle of a single-pole Type CHGFI circuit breaker (escutcheon mounted)5|1|**CHPLGF**|
|**CHPLGF**<br>**MCBPL**<br>ica|Padlockable device for locking the handle of main circuit breaker Types CC and CCH into the ON or OFF position.(screw mounted)6<br>Padlockable device for locking the handle of main breaker Types BW and CSR into the ON or OFF position (escutcheon mounted)5<br>**Handle Lockdogs **47<br>Device used to secure handle in ON or OFF position for single-pole Type CH circuit breakers (handle mounted)8<br>**Hold-Down Kits **9<br> ~~OO~~|1<br>1<br>10|**CCPL**<br>**MCBPL**<br>**CHLO**|
|**CHLO**<br>ay|Hold-down retainer kit for single-, two-, three-pole Type CH circuit breakers. For 6–24 circuit 125 A single- and three-phase,<br>12–42 circuit single-phase 225 A and 24–42 circuit three-phase 225 A MLO Type CH loadcenters<br>Hold-down retainer kit for single-, two-, three-pole Type CH circuit breakers for 2–4 circuit MLO CH loadcenters.<br>**Mounting Bases**|1<br>1|**CH125RB**<br>**CH125RB24**|
||Mounting base for two-pole Type CH circuit breaker—70 A maximum<br>**Main Breaker Lug Kits**|1|**CH9MB270**|
||Types CC and CCH main breaker lug kit (2) 300 kcmil|1|**CCL300**|
||Type CSR main breaker lug kit (2) 300 kcmil|1|**MCBL300**|
|**CH125RB**|**Mechanical Interlock**|||
||Type CH for two-, three- and four-pole breakers|10|**CHML**j|



**CHPL** 

**MCBPL** 

**CHLO** 

**CH125RB** 

**CH9MB270** 

**CHML** 

## _**Notes**_ 

1   Must be purchased in multiples of ordering quantities indicated. 

2   Handle ties: typically used to join two similar independent single-pole breakers to form a two-pole noncommon trip breaker. 

3   Handle lockoffs: devices that use a padlock to lock the circuit breaker’s handle in the ON or OFF position. 

4   Requires one additional pole space. 

> 5   Escutcheon mounted: device mounted semipermanently to the face of the circuit breaker and secured by the loadcenter deadfront. 

6   Screw mounted: device permanently mounted to the face of the circuit breaker by the use of a non-removable screw. 

7   Handle lockdogs: devices that are used to secure a circuit breaker’s handle in the ON or OFF position. Handle lockdogs are not padlockable devices. 

8   Handle mounted: device mounted above or below handle using spring pressure. 

9   Hold-down kits: devices used to secure the circuit breaker to the loadcenter for back-feed main application. See NEC Article 384.16(g). j CHML not suitable to transfer emergency power. 

**Volume 1—Residential and Light Commercial** CA08100002E—April 2017 www.eaton.com 

**V1-T1-38** 

Loadcenters and Circuit Breakers 

1.1 

Type CH Loadcenters and Circuit Breakers 

**1** 

## **Shunt Trip Options** 

|**Description**||**Catalog Number**|
|---|---|---|
|**Type**|**Volts**|**Suffix Adder**1|
|CSR|12 DC|**SR12**|
|CSR|24 DC|**SR24**|
|CSR|120 AC|**SR01**|
|CH|120 AC|**ST**2|
|CC|12 DC|**SR12**|
|CC|24 DC|**SR24**|
|CC|120 AC|**SR01**|
|CC|208 AC|**SR08**|
|CC|240 AC|**SR02**|



## **Handle Position Changeability Chart** 

||**To Change Handle Position from**|**To Change Handle Position from**|**To Change Handle Position from**|
|---|---|---|---|
||**ON to OFF or OFF to ON You Must...**|||
|**Handle Lockoff and**|**Remove**|**Remove**|**Remove Loadcenter**|
|**Lockdog Types**|**Padlock**|**Device**|**Deadfront**|
|Lockoff escutcheon mounted|Remove|—|—|
|Lockoff screw mounted|Remove|—|—|
|Lockdog handle mounted|N/A|Remove|—|



## _**Notes**_ 

> 1 Add suffix indicated to end of breaker catalog number. 

> 2 Requires one additional pole space. 

**Volume 1—Residential and Light Commercial** CA08100002E—April 2017 www.eaton.com 

**V1-T1-39** 

Loadcenters and Circuit Breakers 

Type CH Loadcenters and Circuit Breakers 

**1** 

## 1.1 

## **Technical Data and Specifications** 

## _**Ratings**_ 

Single- and two-pole CH breakers rated 15 and 20 A have low instantaneous magnetic trip levels. The 15 and 20 A breakers with “HM” suffix have high magnetic trip settings recommended for circuits with inherently high inrush currents. All Type CH breakers are marked for heating, air conditioning and refrigeration (HACR) equipment application. Single-pole 15–20 A breakers are also suitable for switching duty (SWD). Shunt trip coils operate on 120 Vac and require one additional pole space per breaker. 

## **Wiring Diagrams** 

## **Typical Single-Pole** 

**==> picture [175 x 94] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
120/240 Vac<br>Source<br>N A B<br>Line B<br>Single-Pole<br>Neutral 120V<br>Duplex<br>Neutral Receptacle<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


**Single-Pole 120 V Load Application Sourced by 120/240 Vac** 

**==> picture [175 x 110] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
120/240 Vac<br>Source<br>N A B<br>Line B<br>Single-Pole<br>Neutral 120V<br>Duplex<br>Neutral Receptacle<br>Equipment Ground<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


**Two-Pole Shared Neutral with Multi-Duplex Receptacle Application** 

**==> picture [188 x 132] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
120/240 Vac<br>Source<br>N A B<br>Line B<br>Two-Pole<br>Neutral Two 120V<br>Duplex<br>Neutral Receptacles<br>Line A<br>Equipment Ground<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


## **Two-Pole 240 V Load Application Sourced by 120/240 Vac** 

**==> picture [167 x 112] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
120/240 Vac<br>Source<br>N A B<br>Line B<br>Two-Pole<br>Line A 240V<br>Duplex<br>Neutral Receptacle<br>Equipment Ground<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


## **Two-Pole Shared Neutral with Duplex Receptacle Application** 

**==> picture [203 x 114] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
120/240 Vac<br>Source<br>N A B<br>Line B<br>Line A<br>Two-Pole<br>Neutral 120V Duplex<br>Receptacle<br>Neutral (With Line Side<br>Jumper Removed)<br>Equipment Ground<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


**Single-Pole 120 V Duplex Receptacle Application** 

**==> picture [175 x 110] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
120/240 Vac<br>Source<br>N A B<br>Line B<br>Single-Pole<br>Neutral 120V<br>Duplex<br>Neutral Receptacle<br>Equipment Ground<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


**Volume 1—Residential and Light Commercial** CA08100002E—April 2017 www.eaton.com 

**V1-T1-40** 

Loadcenters and Circuit Breakers 

1.1 

Type CH Loadcenters and Circuit Breakers 

**1** 

## **Two-Pole 120 V Multi-Duplex Receptacle Application** 

**==> picture [181 x 129] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
120/240 Vac<br>Source<br>N A B<br>Line B<br>Two-Pole<br>Neutral Two 120V<br>Duplex<br>Neutral Receptacles<br>Line A<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


## **Two-Pole 120 V Duplex Receptacle Application** 

**==> picture [203 x 102] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
120/240 Vac<br>Source<br>N A B<br>Line B<br>Line A<br>Two-Pole<br>Neutral 120V Duplex<br>Receptacle<br>Neutral (With Line Side<br>Jumper Removed)<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


## **Two-Pole 240 V Duplex Receptacle Application** 

**==> picture [168 x 94] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
120/240 Vac<br>Source<br>N A B<br>Line B<br>Two-Pole<br>Line A 240V<br>Duplex<br>Neutral Receptacle<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


**Volume 1—Residential and Light Commercial** CA08100002E—April 2017 www.eaton.com 

**V1-T1-41** 

Loadcenters and Circuit Breakers 

1.2 

Type BR Loadcenters and Circuit Breakers 

**1** ~~=~~ 

**==> picture [120 x 8] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
Type BR Loadcenters and Circuit Breakers<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


## **Contents** 

|**Contents**||
|---|---|
|**_Description_**|**_Page_**|
|Overview||
|Product Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .<br>Features, Benefits and Functions  . . . . . . . . . .|**V1-T1-43**<br>**V1-T1-43**|
|Standards and Certifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . .<br>Catalog Number Selection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V1-T1-45**<br>**V1-T1-45**|
|Product Selection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .<br>BR Specialty Products|**V1-T1-46**|
|BR Quick Connect Neutral Loadcenters  . . . . .<br>Spa Panels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V1-T1-57**<br>**V1-T1-58**|
|Riser Panel. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .<br>Type BR Renovation Loadcenter . . . . . . . . . . .|**V1-T1-59**<br>**V1-T1-60**|
|Type BR Mechanical Interlock Kits. . . . . . . . . .|**V1-T1-62**|
|Type BR Retrofit Interior Kits . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V1-T1-73**|
|BR Circuit Breakers. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V1-T1-76**|



## **Overview** 

## **Product Selection Guide** 

|**BR Loadcenters**|||
|---|---|---|
|**Description**<br>**Service**|||
|Single-phase, three-wire, 120/240 Vac|Three-phase, four-wire, 208Y/120 Vac<br>Three-phase, three-wire, 240 Vac delta||
|**Short-Circuit Current Rating**|||
|10 kAIC: All single- and three-phase loadcenters 70–225 A, 8 to 42 circuits|25 kAIC: All convertible and factory-installed single-phase loadcenters rated||
|22 kAIC: All convertible loadcenters using 125 A rated Type BRH main breakers or<br>selected factory installed 125 A rated Type BRH main breaker|150 and 200 A using Type CSR main breakers||
|**Main Breaker/Main Lug Loadcenters**|||
|Single-phase|Three-phase||
|Main breaker: 100, 125, 150, 200, 225, 400, 600 A<br>Main lugs: 70, 125, 150, 200, 225, 400, 600 A|Main breaker: 100, 125, 150, 200, 225, 400, 600 A<br>Main lugs: 100, 125, 150, 200, 225, 400, 600 A|Main breaker: 100, 125, 150, 200, 225, 400, 600 A|
|**Convertible Loadcenters**|||
|Main breaker: single-phase up to 200 A and three-phase up to 225 A|Main lugs: single-phase up to 200 A and three-phase up to 150 A||
|**Branch Breakers**|||
|Types BR, BRH and BRHH: 10–150 A. single-, two- and three-pole; selected amperage|Type BQ and BQC Multibreaker: 15–30 A. Two of two-pole or one two-pole and||
|available in switching duty, HACR, shunt trip and high magnetic setting<br>Type GFTCB: 15–60 A|two one-pole; takes two 1-inch (25.4 mm) spaces<br>Type BRW: 15–30 A; two-pole water heater breakers||
|Types BJ and BJH: 125–225 A; two- and three-pole<br>Type BD Twin: 10–50 A; two of one-pole; take one 1-inch (25.4 mm) space|Type BRSN: 15–30 A; two-pole switching neutral breakers<br>Type BR 15–100 A; two-pole, 240 Vac delta breakers||
|**Enclosures**|BR-AFCI arc fault circuit interrupter||
|NEMA Type 1 indoor|NEMA 4X||
|NEMA Type 3R outdoor|Meets or exceeds UL requirements for indoor or outdoor applications|Meets or exceeds UL requirements for indoor or outdoor applications|
|**Loadcenter and Breaker Accessories**|||
|Branch circuit breaker:|Surge protection:||
|Auxiliary components<br>Hold-down kits<br>Handle ties<br>Lockoffs<br>Lockdogs|Single-phase plug-on surge protector<br>Three-phase bottle type surge protector|Single-phase bottle type surge protector<br>Single-phase whole home surge protector|
|Complete line of ground bar kits 5, 10, 14 and 21 circuit, some with additional #2/0 lugs;<br>each terminal will accommodate: (3) #14–#10 Cu/Al or (1) #14–#4 Cu/Al|Universal rainproof conduit hubs<br>Group One: 3/4, 1, 1-1/4, 1-1/2, 2 inches (19.1, 25.4, 31.8, 38.1, 50.8 mm)||
|Main and sub-feed lugs 125, 150, 225 A—two- and three-pole|Group Two: 2, 2-1/2, 3 inches (50.8, 63.5, 76.2 mm)||
|Shunt trips|Adapter plate||
|**Bussing**|||
|Tin-plated aluminum as standard|Limited copper bus panels available||



**Volume 1—Residential and Light Commercial** CA08100002E—April 2017 www.eaton.com 

**V1-T1-42** 

1.2 

Type BR Loadcenters and Circuit Breakers 

**1** 

## Loadcenters and Circuit Breakers 

## **Product Description** 

Loadcenters are enclosures specifically designed to house the branch circuit breakers and wiring required to distribute power to individual circuits. They contain either a main breaker when used at the service entrance point or a main lug when used as a sub-panel to add circuits to existing service. The main breaker protects the main entire panel and can be used as a service disconnect. The branch breakers protect the wires leading to individual electrical loads such as fixtures and outlets. 

## **Features, Benefits and Functions** 

## _**Loadcenter Construction**_ 

Eaton’s Type BR loadcenters have standard tin-plated aluminum bus with a limited availability of copper bus. The sum of the handle ratings connected to any stab is limited to 150 A maximum on the 100 and 125 A loadcenters, and 200 A on loadcenters with 150 A or higher main bus. NEMA Type 1 boxes or enclosures are manufactured from galvanized steel. Raintight boxes are manufactured from galvanized steel, then finished using an electrostatic powder coat, baked urethane paint process. 

## _**Neutrals**_ 

Eaton Type CH loadcenters feature two types of neutrals: 

## _**Insulated/Bondable Split Neutral**_ 

Panels are supplied with split insulated neutrals with an insulated cross strap. For service entrance applications, the neutral must be bonded by using the bonding strap supplied with the panel. For non-service entrance (subpanel) applications, the panel may be installed with the bonding strap not connected to the neutral. Separate ground bars must be used on non-service entrance panels. 

## _**Insulated/Bondable Single Neutral**_ 

Panels are supplied with a single insulated neutral. For service entrance applications, all that is required to bond the neutral is to loosen the bonding screw and the neutral screw directly beside it, insert the bonding strap into the neutral bar, and retighten both connections. The single neutral can be moved by the contractor to the other side of the panel, if desired. When used as a service entrance panel, unused neutral connections may be used for the termination of equipment grounds. For nonservice entrance (sub-panel) applications, the panel may be installed with the bonding strap not connected to the neutral. Separate ground bars must be used on non-service entrance panels. 

## _**Grounds**_ 

In service entrance applications where the neutral is bonded, unused neutral holes may be used for terminating ground conductors. In sub-feed panels, the neutral must be isolated (non-bonded), and ground wires must be terminated on a separate ground bar. 

The insulated/bondable single/split neutral panels have sufficient terminations for both ground and neutral conductors. The insulated/ bondable single split neutral panels are supplied with a separate factory-installed ground bar if the catalog number contains a “G.” If not, a separate ground bar should be installed. Insulated/ Bondable Single Neutral panels are supplied without a ground bar (unless otherwise noted), and ground bar kits if needed must be purchased separately. 

## _**Neutral and Ground Terminals**_ 

The standard terminals on grounds and neutrals are rated to accept (3) #14–#10 Cu/Al or (1) #14–4, provided the cables terminated are of the same material. For larger cables, add-on neutral lugs may be ordered from the accessories on **Page V1-T1-66** . 

**Note:** NEC allows only one current-carrying conductor per hole on neutrals unless otherwise noted. 

## _**Bottom Fed Loadcenters**_ 

For single-phase 225 A and below loadcenters that are bottom fed, a standard panel can be rotated 180 degrees to allow straight-in wiring of power cables to the main terminals. Because the main circuit breaker handle operates horizontally, the orientation of the main circuit breaker handle is consistent with the requirements of NEC 2008 Article 240.81. 

## _**Gutter Splicing**_ 

Loadcenters are not UL listed as wiring troughs. Therefore, gutter splicing of riser cables to tap off to the main device is not permitted. Refer to NEC 2008 Article 312.8. 

## _**Fire Rating**_ 

Due to the numerous openings in both loadcenter boxes and trims, they should not be mounted in firewalls. There is no approved method for sealing the enclosures for this application. 

## _**Date Code**_ 

The date of manufacture of each loadcenter is printed on the outside of the carton as well as inside the loadcenter. On the carton, the date code is printed on the end carton label. In the loadcenter, the date code is located on the small white label located on the right side wall (with the main device on top). 

The date code is in the following format: F # # # &. The “F” is the numeric code for the Lincoln, IL plant, and the three numbers are the year and week of manufacturing, e.g., 023. The “!” sign at the end signifies the decade of the 2010. Therefore, the date code F023& would indicate that the product was manufactured in the 23rd week of 2010. The 1980s are represented by the “+” sign and the 1990s are represented by a “=” at the end of the code. 

## _**Surge Protectors**_ 

Complete home surge protection is available in multiple options, including a factory-installed option that provides the highest level of surge protection in a residential design. See Tab 3 for more details. 

## _**Circuit Breaker Case Interrupting Capacity**_ 

- 10 kAIC 

- 22 kAIC 

- 25 kAIC 

## _**Warranty Information**_ 

- 10-year limited loadcenter warranty 

- 10-year limited branch breaker warranty 

**Volume 1—Residential and Light Commercial** CA08100002E—April 2017 www.eaton.com 

**V1-T1-43** 

Loadcenters and Circuit Breakers 

1.2 

Type BR Loadcenters and Circuit Breakers 

**1** 

## **Type BR Loadcenter** 

- Extra 1.5 inch Knockout (38.1 mm) 

- Larger knockout provides easier installation and time savings 

Top or Bottom Feed 

- Straight-in wiring saves labor and material 

- One panel for either top or bottom applications 

- 2/0 Lug ■ Easily removable and can be installed in any location on the neutral bar 

Type BR AFCI Breakers ■ Compact design for easier wiring and improved wireway access ■ Optional LED indicates one of six trip codes for circuit diagnostics ■ Provides a clean gutter space Standard Tin-Plated Aluminum Bus ■ Excellent conductivity and corrosion resistance 

- Copper bus options available for select catalog numbers 

- Drywall Marking on Enclosure ■ Indicates proper mounting depth for flush applications 

- “Tangential” Center Knockout 

■ Easier installation for conduit applications 

Commercial Grade Main Breaker 

■ 25 kAIC series rated main breaker for superior protection Neutral Bus (Strap) ■ Is easily removable for tial Tl - sub-panel applications b | i Bonding Z-Strap ■ Provides easy field conversion for service entrance applications 

Twin Neutral Bars 

■ Minimum 150% neutral capacity Steel Backpan ■ Provides solid and reliable breaker mounting—single piece design for stability and durability Single Keyhole Mounting ■ One keyhole at the top and bottom provides easier mounting and leveling 

## _**Warranty**_ 

10-year warranty on all Type BR loadcenters and circuit breakers. 

**Volume 1—Residential and Light Commercial** CA08100002E—April 2017 www.eaton.com 

**V1-T1-44** 

Loadcenters and Circuit Breakers 

1.2 

Type BR Loadcenters and Circuit Breakers 

## **Standards and Certifications** 

## _**UL Listings**_ 

All Eaton Type BR loadcenters are listed under UL File E52977 except the 2–8 circuit loadcenters, up through and including 125 A, which are listed under UL File E8741. 

## **Catalog Number Selection** 

## **Single- and Three-Phase Through 600 A** 

**==> picture [355 x 170] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
3 BR 30 42 B C 200<br>Phase Construction<br>Blank  = Single-phase  [1] Blank  = No feed thru lugs  [1]<br>3 = Three-phase F = Feed-through lugs<br>G = Ground bar<br>Main Device P = Current design<br>Eaton’s Type BR<br>Loadcenter B  = Main breaker NY = NY City gutter space<br>L = Main lug<br>N  = Convertible main Enclosure<br>Factory Options<br>SUR  = Factory integrated surge H  = Main breaker high AIC R = NEMA Type 3R rainproof<br>S = NEMA Type 1 indoor with<br>Bus surface trim<br>Number of 1-Inch (25.4 mm) Spaces Blank  = Aluminum bus  [1] F = NEMA Type 1 indoor with flush trim<br>C = Copper bus<br>Blank = NEMA Type 1 indoor with<br>Maximum Number combination trim  [1]<br>of Circuits RIS = Riser panel<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


**1** 

**Amperes 50** = 50 A **200** = 200 A **70** = 70 A **225** = 225 A **100** = 100 A **300** = 300 A **125** = 125 A **400** = 400 A **150** = 150 A **600** = 600 A 

_**Note**_ 1 No character space used. 

**Volume 1—Residential and Light Commercial** CA08100002E—April 2017 www.eaton.com 

**V1-T1-45** 

1.2 

Type BR Loadcenters and Circuit Breakers 

## Loadcenters and Circuit Breakers 

**1** 

## **Product Selection** 

## _**Single-Phase—Main Circuit Breaker Loadcenters—10/25 kAIC**_ 

## **Single-Phase Three-Wire—120/240 Vac—Insulated/Bondable Split Neutral** 

|**BR4040B200**|**Single-Phase Three-Wire—120/240 Vac—Insulated/Bondable Split Neutral**|**Single-Phase Three-Wire—120/240 Vac—Insulated/Bondable Split Neutral**|**Single-Phase Three-Wire—120/240 Vac—Insulated/Bondable Split Neutral**|**Single-Phase Three-Wire—120/240 Vac—Insulated/Bondable Split Neutral**|**Single-Phase Three-Wire—120/240 Vac—Insulated/Bondable Split Neutral**|**Single-Phase Three-Wire—120/240 Vac—Insulated/Bondable Split Neutral**|**Single-Phase Three-Wire—120/240 Vac—Insulated/Bondable Split Neutral**||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
||**Main**|**Main**|**Maximum Number**<br>**1-Inch (25.4 mm)**||**Enclosure**|**Box**|**Wire Size Range**<br>**Cu/Al 60 °C or 75 °C**|**Loadcenter Catalog Number**<br>**with Combination**1**or**|
||**Breaker Type**|**Ampere Rating**|**Spaces**|**Circuits**|**Type**|**Size**|**for Main Breaker**|**NEMA Type 3R Cover**|
||BR|100|8|16|Indoor|B1|#4–1/02|**BR816B100**|
||10 kAIC||10|20|Indoor|A1||**BR1020B100S11**|
||||10|20|Indoor|A1||**BR1020B100F11**|
||||10|20|Outdoor|B2R||**BR1020B100RF**34|
||||12|12|Indoor|B2||**BR1212B100**|
||||12|20|Indoor|B2||**BR1220B100**|
||||12|24|Outdoor|B2R||**BR1224B100R**4|
||||16|16|Indoor|C1||**BR1616B100**|
||||16|20|Indoor|C1||**BR1620B100**|
||||16|24|Outdoor|C1R||**BR1624B100R**4|
||||20|24|Outdoor|C3R||**BR2024B100R**4|
||||20|20|Indoor|C2||**BR2020B100**|
||||16|24|Indoor|C1||**BR1624B100**|
||||30|30|Indoor|D1||**BR3030B100**|
|||125|16|24|Indoor|C1|#4–2/0|**BR1624B125**|
||||20|24|Indoor|C1||**BR2024B125**|
||||20<br>30|24<br>30|Outdoor<br>Indoor|C3R<br>D1||**BR2024B125R**4<br>**BR3030B125**|
||BRH5<br>22 kAIC|100|20|24|Indoor|C2|#4–1/0|**BR2024H100**5|
||CSR6<br>25 kAIC|150|8<br>16|16<br>30|Outdoor<br>Indoor|C3R<br>C4|#2–300 kcmil|**BR816B150RF**34<br>**BR1630B150**|
||||20|30|Indoor|C4||**BR2030B150**|
||||20|30|Outdoor|D1R||**BR2030B150R**4|
||||20|40|Indoor|D1||**BR2040B150**|
||||20|40|Outdoor|D1R||**BR2040B150R**4|
||||24|30|Indoor|G1||**BR2430B150**|
||||30|30|Outdoor|G1R||**BR3030B150R**4|
||||30|30|Indoor|G1||**BR3030B150**|
||||30|40|Indoor|G1||**BR3040B150**|
|||200|4|8|Outdoor|8R|#2–300 kcmil|**BR48B200RF**378|
||||8|16|Outdoor|C3R||**BR816B200RF**34|
||||16|32|Indoor|C4||**BR1632B200**|
||||20|40|Outdoor|D1R||**BR2040B200R**4|
||||20|40|Indoor|D1||**BR2040B200**|
||||24|40|Indoor|G1||**BR2440B200**|
||||30|40|Outdoor|G1R||**BR3040B200R**4|
||||30|40|Indoor|G1||**BR3040B200**9|
||||40|40|Outdoor|L1R||**BR4040B200R**4|
||||40|40|Indoor|L1||**BR4040B200**|
||||40|50|Indoor|L1||**BR4050B200**|
||||60|120|Indoor|L3||**BR60120B200**|
||||60|120|Outdoor|L3R||**BR60120B200R**|
|||225|42<br>42|42<br>42|Indoor<br>Outdoor|L2<br>L2R|#1–250 kcmil|**BR4242B225**<br>**BR4242B225R**4|



## _**Notes**_ 

- 1   Combination style covers may be used in surface or flush applications. 

- 2   Wire range size for BR1020B100SP is #6–#1 Cu/Al. 

- 3   Includes through-feed lugs for both phase and neutral conductors. 

- 4   Rainproof panels are furnished with hub closure plates. For rainproof hubs, refer to **Page V1-T1-66** . 

- 5   22 kAIC series combination rating is obtained when Types BD, BR, BQ, BQC and GFTCB 10 kAIC branch breakers are used in series with Type BRH main breaker. 

- 6   25 kAIC series combination rating is obtained when Types BD, BR, BQ, BQC and GFTCB 10 kAIC branch circuit breakers are used in series with Type CSR main breaker. 

- 7   Supplied with adapter plate to use DS Group1 hubs on **Page V1-T1-66** . If 2.50-inch (63.5 mm) hub is needed, remove adapter and use ARP00007CH25 hub. 

- 8   Neutral is bonded—suitable for service entrance only—cannot be converted for sub-feed application. 

- 9   Add G to the end of the catalog number for factory-installed GBK2120 ground bar. 

All main circuit breaker loadcenters are listed for use as service entrance equipment and are shipped with neutral bonding strap preattached. The maximum rating of the panel is the main circuit breaker rating when used as service entrance equipment. Ground bar kits priced separately. See **Page V1-T1-66** . 

**Volume 1—Residential and Light Commercial** CA08100002E—April 2017 www.eaton.com 

**V1-T1-46** 

Loadcenters and Circuit Breakers 

1.2 

Type BR Loadcenters and Circuit Breakers 

## _**Main Circuit Breaker Loadcenters—10/22 kAIC**_ 

## **Single-Phase Three-Wire—120/240 Vac—Insulated/Bondable Split Neutral** 

## **B4242DFN** 

**1** 

|||**Maximum Number**|**Maximum Number**||||**Commercial Loadcenter**||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|**Main**|**Main**|**1-Inch (25.4 mm)**||||**Wire Size Range**|**Catalog Number**123||
|**Breaker**|**Ampere**|||**Enclosure**|**Box**|**Cu/Al 60 °C or 75 °C**|**With Flush or**|**With**|
|**Type**|**Rating**|**Spaces**|**Circuits**|**Type**|**Size**|**for Main Breaker**|**NEMA Type 3R Cover**|**Surface Cover**|
|DK4|300|42|42|Indoor|24|(2) #3/0–250 kcmil|**BR4242B300F**|**BR4242B300S**|
||400|42|42|Indoor|24|(2) #3/0–250 kcmil|**BR4242B400F**|**BR4242B400S**|
|||42|42|Outdoor|47|(2) #3/0–250 kcmil|**BR4242B400R**5|**—**|
|HLD6|600|42|42|Indoor|24|(2) #3/0–500 kcmil|**—**|**BR4242B600S**|



## _**Notes**_ 

> 1   Ground bar kits priced separately. See **Page V1-T1-66** . 

2   The maximum rating of the panel is the main circuit breaker rating when used as service entrance equipment. 

3   Door lock and key included with loadcenter. 

4   Type DK main circuit breaker is rated 65 kAIC at 240 Vac and allows a 22 kAIC series rating on the panel when Types BR, BD and BJ branch circuit breakers are used. 

> 5   Rainproof panels are furnished with hub closure plates. For rainproof hubs, refer to **Page V1-T1-66** . 

> 6   Type HLD main circuit breaker is rated 65 kAIC at 240 Vac. Type HLD circuit breaker **is not** series rated with Types BR, BD and BJ branch circuit breakers. Box sizes **Pages V1-T1-67** through **V1-T1-70** . 

Please contact the Lincoln Flex Center for any configurations not listed. 

**Volume 1—Residential and Light Commercial** CA08100002E—April 2017 www.eaton.com 

**V1-T1-47** 

1.2 

## Loadcenters and Circuit Breakers 

## Type BR Loadcenters and Circuit Breakers 

## **1** 

## _**Single-Phase—Main Lug Loadcenters**_ 

## **Single-Phase Three-Wire—120/240 Vac—Insulated/Bondable Split Neutral** 

|||**Main**<br>**Ampere Rating**|**Maximum Number**<br>**1-Inch (25.4 mm)**<br>**Spaces**<br>**Circuits**|**Maximum Number**<br>**1-Inch (25.4 mm)**<br>**Spaces**<br>**Circuits**|**Enclosure**<br>**Type**|**Trim Type**|**Box**<br>**Size**|**Wire Size Range**<br>**Cu/Al 60 °C or 75 °C**<br>**for Main Lugs**|**Loadcenter**<br>**Catalog Number**|
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|**Surface**|**Outdoor**|70|2<br>2|4<br>4|Indoor<br>Indoor|Surface (no door)<br>Surface (no door)|5<br>5|#8–#2|**BR24L70SP**12<br>**BR24L70SGP**23|
|u<br>terod|O<br>ee|125|2<br>4<br>Outdoor<br>2<br>4<br>Indoor<br>2<br>4<br>Indoor<br>2<br>4<br>Indoor<br>~~Oo~~|||—<br>Flush (no door)<br>Flush (no door)<br>Surface (no door)|5R<br>5<br>5<br>6|#14–1/0|**BR24L70RP**124<br>**BR24L70FP**12<br>**BR24L70FGP**25<br>**BR24L125SP**12<br>~~——~~|
|**Flush**|**Outdoor**||2|4|Outdoor|—|6R||**BR24L125RP**124|
|**Surface (No Door)**<br>oe<br>—<br>.<br>cn<br>-<br>=y|||2<br>2<br>2<br>4<br>4<br>4|4<br>4<br>4<br>8<br>8<br>8|Outdoor<br>Outdoor<br>Indoor<br>Indoor<br>Indoor<br>Outdoor|—<br>—<br>Flush (no door)<br>Surface (no door)<br>Surface (no door)<br>—|6R<br>6R<br>6<br>7<br>7<br>7R|#14–1/0|**BR24L125RSEP**278<br>**BR24L125RSE2P**267<br>**BR24L125FP**12<br>**BR48L125SP**19<br>**BR48L125SGP**39<br>**BR48L125RP**149|
||||4<br>4|8<br>8|Indoor<br>Indoor|Flush (no door)<br>Flush (with door)|7<br>7||**BR48L125FP**19<br>**BR48L125FDP**19|
||||4|8|Indoor|Flush (no door)|7||**BR48L125FGP**39|
||||6|12|Indoor|Surface (no door)|7|#14–#1|**BR612L125SP**1j|
||||6|12|Indoor|Surface (no door)|7||**BR612L125SGP**jk|
|**Flush (No Door)**|||6|12|Indoor|Surface (with door)|7||**BR612L125SDP**1j|
||||6|12|Indoor|Surface (with door)|7||**BR612L125SDGP**jk|
||||6|12|Outdoor|—|7R||**BR612L125RP**14j|
|0<br>\~————=5<br>=|||6<br>12<br>Indoor<br>Flush (no door)<br>7<br>6<br>12<br>Indoor<br>Flush (no door)<br>7<br>6<br>12<br>Indoor<br>Flush (with door)<br>7<br>~~ee~~<br>~~OO~~||||||**BR612L125FP**1j<br>**BR612L125FGP**5jk<br>**BR612L125FDP**j<br>~~a~~<br>~~_~~|
|**Outdoor**<br>i,||7|6<br>8<br>8<br>8<br>8<br>8|12<br>16<br>16<br>16<br>16<br>16|Indoor<br>Indoor<br>Indoor<br>Indoor<br>Indoor<br>Outdoor|Flush (with door)<br>Surface (no door)<br>Surface (no door)<br>Surface (with door)<br>Surface (with door)<br>—|7<br>7<br>7<br>7<br>7<br>7R|#14–#1|**BR612L125FDGP**5jk<br>**BR816L125SP**1j<br>**BR816L125SGP**jl<br>**BR816L125SDP**1j<br>**BR816L125SDGP**jl<br>**BR816L125RP**14j|
||||8|16|Indoor|Flush (no door)|7||**BR816L125FP**1j|
||||8|16|Indoor|Flush (no door)|7||**BR816L125FGP**5jl|
||||8|16|Indoor|Flush (with door)|7||**BR816L125FDP**1j|
||||8|16|Indoor|Flush (with door)|7||**BR816L125FDGP**5jk|



## _**Notes**_ 

- 1   Ground bar kits priced separately. See **Page V1-T1-66** . 

- For 2/4 circuit loadcenters, use GBK5 or GBK520 ground bar. 

- For 4/8, 6/12 and 8/16 circuit loadcenters, use GBK10 ground bar. 

- Ground bars mount to the left side wall of the enclosure for the 4/8, 6/12 and 8/16 circuit loadcenters. 

- 2   Suitable for use as service equipment when not more than two service disconnecting mains are provided or when not used as a lighting and appliance panelboard (see Article 408.34 of the NEC). 

- 3   Ground bar GBK5 is installed. 

- 4   Rainproof panels are furnished with hub closure plates. For rainproof hubs, refer to **Page V1-T1-66** . 

- 5   CSA and UL approved. 

- 6   Neutral/ground holes (6) #14–6 and (3) #14–2/0 AWG Cu/Al. 

- 7   For use as service entrance applications only. 

- 8   Neutral/ground holes (6) #14–6 and (3) #14–1/0 AWG Cu/Al. 

- 9   Suitable for use as service equipment when not more than two service disconnecting mains are provided or when not more than six service disconnecting mains are provided and when not used as a lighting and appliance panelboard (see Article 408.34 of the NEC). 

- j Suitable for use as service equipment when a main breaker is used or when not more than six service disconnecting mains are provided and when not used as a lighting and appliance panelboard (see Article 408.34 of the NEC). 

- k Ground bar GBK10 is installed. 

- l Ground bar GBK14 is installed. 

Box sizes **Pages V1-T1-67** through **V1-T1-70** . 

**Volume 1—Residential and Light Commercial** CA08100002E—April 2017 www.eaton.com 

**V1-T1-48** 

Loadcenters and Circuit Breakers 

1.2 

Type BR Loadcenters and Circuit Breakers 

**1** 

## _**Single-Phase—Main Lug Loadcenters**_ 

||**Single-Phase Three-Wire—120/240 Vac—Insulated/Bondable Split Neutral, continued**|**Single-Phase Three-Wire—120/240 Vac—Insulated/Bondable Split Neutral, continued**|**Single-Phase Three-Wire—120/240 Vac—Insulated/Bondable Split Neutral, continued**|**Single-Phase Three-Wire—120/240 Vac—Insulated/Bondable Split Neutral, continued**|**Single-Phase Three-Wire—120/240 Vac—Insulated/Bondable Split Neutral, continued**|**Single-Phase Three-Wire—120/240 Vac—Insulated/Bondable Split Neutral, continued**|**Single-Phase Three-Wire—120/240 Vac—Insulated/Bondable Split Neutral, continued**|
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
||**Main**|**Maximum Number**<br>**1-Inch (25.4 mm)**||**Enclosure**|**Box**|**Wire Size Range**<br>**Cu/Al 60 °C or 75 °C**|**Loadcenter Catalog Number**<br>**with Combination or**|
||**Ampere Rating**|**Spaces**|**Circuits**|**Type**|**Size**|**for Main Lugs**|**NEMA Type 3R Cover**1|
|**BR1224L125**|125|12|12|Indoor|B1|#6–2/0|**BR1212L125**2345|
|||12|24|Indoor|B1||**BR1224L125**245|
|||12|24|Indoor|B1||**BR1224L125G**245|
|||12|24|Indoor|B1||**BR1224L125DG**2456|
|||12|24|Outdoor|B1R||**BR1224L125R**257|
|||16|16|Indoor|B2||**BR1616L125**245|
|||16|24|Indoor|B2||**BR1624L125**24|
|||16|24|Indoor|B2||**BR1624L125G**24|
|||16|24|Outdoor|B2R||**BR1624L125R**27|
|||20|20|Indoor|C1||**BR2020L125**245|
|||20|24|Indoor|C1||**BR2024L125**24|
|||20|24|Indoor|C1||**BR2024L125G**248|
|||20|24|Outdoor|C1R||**BR2024L125R**27|
|||24|24|Indoor|C2||**BR2424L125**24|
|||24|24|Indoor|C2||**BR2424L125G**248|
|||30|42|Indoor|D1||**BR3042L125**24|
||150|16|30|Indoor|C2|#1–300 kcmil|**BR1630L150**49|
|||20|30|Indoor|C2||**BR2030L150**49|
|**BR1224L200**|200|8|16|Outdoor|B2R|#1–300 kcmil|**BR816L200RF**57j|
|||12|24|Indoor|B2||**BR1224L200**459|
|||12|24|Outdoor|B2R||**BR1224L200R**579|
|||20|40|Indoor|C2||**BR2040L200**49|
|||20|40|Indoor|C2||**BR2040L200G**489|
|||20|40|Outdoor|C3R||**BR2040L200R**79|
|||24|40|Indoor|C4||**BR2440L200**49|
|||30|40|Indoor|D1||**BR3040L200**49|
|||30|40|Indoor|D1||**BR3040L200G**489|
|||30|40|Outdoor|D1R||**BR3040L200R**79|
|||40|40|Indoor|G1||**BR4040L200**49|
|||40|40|Indoor|G1||**BR4040L200G**49|
|||40|40|Outdoor|G1R||**BR4040L200R**79|
|||60|120|Indoor|L3||**BR60120L200**k|
||225|42|42|Indoor|L1|#1–300 kcmil|**BR4242L225**4|
|||42|42|Outdoor|L1R||**BR4242L225R**7|



## _**Notes**_ 

- 1   Ground bar kits priced separately unless otherwise noted. See **Page V1-T1-66** . 

- 2   Has notch for BREQS125 hold-down kit. 

- 3   Single, movable neutral is provided. 

- 4   Combination cover style. 

- 5   Suitable for use as service equipment when not more than six main disconnecting means are provided and when not used as a lighting and appliance panelboard (see Article 408.34 of the NEC). 

- 6   Ground bars GBK5 and GBK520 installed. 

- 7   Rainproof panels are furnished with hub closure plates. For rainproof hubs, refer to **Page V1-T1-66** . 

- 8   Ground bar GBK1220 installed. 

- 9   Has notch for BRHDK125 hold-down kit. 

- j Includes through-feed lugs for both phase and neutral conductors. 

- k Includes main lugs. Loadcenters can convert to main breaker using kit. 

**Volume 1—Residential and Light Commercial** CA08100002E—April 2017 www.eaton.com 

**V1-T1-49** 

Loadcenters and Circuit Breakers 

1.2 

Type BR Loadcenters and Circuit Breakers 

**1** 

## _**Single-Phase—Main Lug Loadcenters—400 and 600 A**_ 

## **Single-Phase Three-Wire—120/240 Vac—Insulated/Bondable Split Neutral** 

## **4242DFN** 

||**Maximum Number**||||**Commercial Loadcenter**||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|**Main**<br>**Ampere Rating**|**1-Inch (25.4 mm)**<br>**Spaces**<br>**Circuits**|**Enclosure**<br>**Type**|**Box**<br>**Size**|**Wire Size Range**<br>**Cu/Al 60 °C or 75 °C**<br>**for Main Lugs**|**Catalog Number**123<br>**With Flush or NEMA**<br>**Type 3R Cover**|**With Surface**<br>**Cover**|
|400|12<br>24|Outdoor|42|(2) #3/0–400 kcmil|**BR1224L400R**45|**—**|
||42<br>42<br>42<br>42|Indoor<br>Outdoor|22<br>46||**BR4242L400F**<br>**BR4242L400R**4|**BR4242L400S**<br>**—**|
|600|42<br>42|Indoor|22|(2) #2–500 kcmil|**—**|**BR4242L600S**|



## _**Notes**_ 

- 1   Ground bar kits priced separately unless otherwise noted. See **Page V1-T1-66** . 

- 2   Has notch for BRHDK125 hold-down kit. 

- 3   Ground bar GBK8 installed. 

- 4   Rainproof panels are furnished with hub closure plates. For rainproof hubs, refer to **Page V1-T1-66** . 

- 5   Suitable for use as service equipment when not more than six main disconnecting means are provided and when not used as a lighting and appliance panelboard (see Article 408.34 of the NEC). 

**Volume 1—Residential and Light Commercial** CA08100002E—April 2017 www.eaton.com 

**V1-T1-50** 

Loadcenters and Circuit Breakers 

1.2 

Type BR Loadcenters and Circuit Breakers 

**1** 

## _**Convertible Loadcenters MCB or MLO—Base Units and Main Devices 10/22/25 kAIC, Complete Assembly Consists of: Loadcenter and Either Main Breaker Kit or Main Lug Kit**_ 

**Note:** Interrupting rating depends on main circuit breaker selected. 

## **BR3040N200 Base Units—Single-Phase Three-Wire—120/240 Vac—Insulated/Bondable Split Neutral (Unless Otherwise Noted)** 

|**Main**<br>**Ampere Rating**1<br>1254|**Maximum Number**<br>**1-Inch (25.4 mm)**<br>**Spaces**<br>**Circuits**<br>12<br>24<br>12<br>24<br>16<br>24<br>16<br>24|**Maximum Number**<br>**1-Inch (25.4 mm)**<br>**Spaces**<br>**Circuits**<br>12<br>24<br>12<br>24<br>16<br>24<br>16<br>24|**Enclosure**<br>**Type**<br>Indoor<br>Outdoor<br>Indoor<br>Outdoor|**Box**<br>**Size**<br>B2<br>B2R<br>C1<br>C1R|**Wire Size Range**<br>**Cu/Al 60 °C or 75 °C**<br>**for Main**<br>See main breaker and<br>main lug kit tables<br>**Page V1-T1-54**.|**Loadcenter Catalog Number**<br>**With Combination or NEMA**<br>**Type 3R Cover**23<br>**BR1224N125**56<br>**BR1224N125R**567<br>**BR1624N125**5<br>**BR1624N125R**57|
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
||20|24|Indoor|C2||**BR2024N125**5|
||20|24|Outdoor|C3R||**BR2024N125R**57|
|2008|8|16|Outdoor|C3R||**BR816N200RF**79jk|
||12|24|Indoor|C4||**BR1224N200**j|
||12|24|Outdoor|C3R||**BR1224N200R**7j|
||16|32|Indoor|C4||**BR1632N200**j|
||20|40|Indoor|D1||**BR2040N200**j|
||20|40|Indoor|D1||**BR2040N200G**l|
||20|40|Outdoor|D1R||**BR2040N200R**7j|
||20|40|Outdoor|D1R||**BR2040N200RG**l|
||24|40|Indoor|G1||**BR2440N200**7j|
||30|40|Indoor|G1||**BR3040N200**j|
||30|40|Indoor|G1||**BR3040N200G**l|
||30|40|Outdoor|G1R||**BR3040N200R**7j|
||30|40|Outdoor|G1R||**BR3040N200RG**l|
||40|40|Indoor|L1||**BR4040N200**j|
||40|40|Indoor|L1||**BR4040N200G**l|
||40|40|Outdoor|L1R||**BR4040N200R**7j|
||40|40|Outdoor|L1R||**BR4040N200RG**l|
||40|50|Indoor|L1||**BR4050N200**|
||40|50|Outdoor|L1R||**BR4050N200R**|



## _**Notes**_ 

- 1   The maximum rating of the loadcenter is the main circuit breaker rating when used as service entrance equipment. 

- 2   100, 125 and 200 A convertible base unit catalog numbers include interior, box and cover only. Main devices and accessories must be ordered separately for field installation. All convertible base units are listed as suitable for use as service entrance equipment when used per Article 384 of the NEC. 

- 3   Ground bar kits priced separately except as noted, refer to **Page V1-T1-66** . 

- 4   For main breaker, use Type BR. For main lug use Type BRSF. 

- 5   BREQS125 hold-down screw comes with loadcenter for back-fed Types BR and BRH main circuit breakers. 

- 6   Convertible to maximum of 100 A main circuit breaker and 125 A main lug. 

- 7   Rainproof loadcenters are furnished with hub closure plates. For rainproof hubs, refer to **Page V1-T1-66** . 

- 8   For main breaker, use Type BW or CSR. For main lug, use Type BRL. 

- 9   Includes through-feed lugs for both phase and neutral conductors. 

> j No hold-down provisions for back-fed Types BR and BRH main circuit breakers. 

- k Insulated/bondable single neutral. 

- l Includes GBK2120 ground bar. 

**Volume 1—Residential and Light Commercial** CA08100002E—April 2017 www.eaton.com 

**V1-T1-51** 

Loadcenters and Circuit Breakers 

1.2 

Type BR Loadcenters and Circuit Breakers 

## _**Convertible Loadcenters MCB or MLO—Base Units and Main Devices 10/22/25 kAIC,**_ **1** _**Complete Assembly Consists of: Loadcenter and Either Main Breaker Kit or Main Lug Kit**_ 

**Note:** Interrupting rating depends on main circuit breaker selected. 

**BW2200 Main Devices—Two- and Three-Pole Main Circuit Breakers—120/240 Vac or 208Y/120 Vac or 240 Vac** 

**Main Devices—Two- and Three-Pole Main Lug Kits—120/240 Vac or 208Y/120 Vac or 240 Vac** 

|**Main Devices—Two- and Three-Pole**<br>**Main Circuit Breakers—120/240 Vac or**|**Main Devices—Two- and Three-Pole**<br>**Main Circuit Breakers—120/240 Vac or**|**Main Devices—Two- and Three-Pole**<br>**Main Circuit Breakers—120/240 Vac or**|**BRL200**|**Main Devices—Two- and Three-Pole**<br>**Main Lug Kits—120/240 Vac or**|**Main Devices—Two- and Three-Pole**<br>**Main Lug Kits—120/240 Vac or**|
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|**208Y/120 Vac or 240 Vac**||||**208Y/120 Vac or 240 Vac**||
|**Ampere**<br>**Rating**<br>**Wire Size Range**<br>**Cu/Al 60 °C or 75 °C**<br>**for Main Breaker**|**10 kAIC**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**|**22/25 kAIC**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**1|a6|**Ampere**<br>**Rating**<br>**Wire Size Range**<br>**Cu/Al 60 °C or 75 °C**<br>**for Main Lugs**|**Cu/Al 60 °C or 75 °C**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**|
|**Two-Pole**||||**Two-Pole**||
|100<br>#4–1/0|**BR2100**|**BRH2100**||125<br>#6–2/0|**BRSF125**|
|110<br>#4–1/0<br>125<br>#4–2/0|**BR2110**<br>**BR2125**|**BRH2110**<br>**BRH2125**||150<br>#1–300 kcmil<br>175<br>#1–300 kcmil|**BRL200**<br>**BRL200**|
|125<br>#2–300 kcmil<br>150<br>#2–300 kcmil|**BW2125**<br>**BW2150**|**CSR2125N**<br>**CSR2150N**||200<br>#1–300 kcmil<br>**Three-Pole**|**BRL200**|
|175<br>#2–300 kcmil|**BW2175**|**CSR2175N**||150<br>#6–3/0|**3BRSF150**|
|200<br>#2–300 kcmil<br>**Three-Pole**|**BW2200**|**CSR2200N**|**_Main Circuit Breaker with Accessory_**<br>Example: BW22005R01 (Put description with catalog number on||Example: BW22005R01 (Put description with catalog number on|
|100<br>#1|**BR3100**|**BRH3100**|order. See**Page** **V1-T1-87**.)|||



## _**Main Circuit Breaker Loadcenters—Copper Bus 10/22/25 kAIC**_ 

## **BR3030BC100** 

**Main Circuit Breaker Loadcenters—With Copper Bus—Single-Phase Three-Wire—120/240 Vac— Insulated/Bondable Split Neutral** 

|**Main**<br>**Breaker Type**|**Main**<br>**Ampere Rating**|**Maximum Number**<br>**1-Inch (25.4 mm)**<br>**Spaces**<br>**Circuits**|**Maximum Number**<br>**1-Inch (25.4 mm)**<br>**Spaces**<br>**Circuits**|**Enclosure**<br>**Type**|**Box**<br>**Size**|**Wire Size Range**<br>**Cu/Al 60 °C or 75 °C**<br>**for Main Breaker**|**Loadcenter Catalog Number**<br>**with Combination Cover**23|
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|BR<br>10 kAIC|100|20<br>30|20<br>30|Indoor<br>Indoor|C2<br>D1|#4–1/0<br>#4–1/0|**BR2020BC100**<br>**BR3030BC100**|
|BRH<br>22 kAIC4|100|30|30|Indoor|D1|#4–1/0|**BR3030HC100**|
|CSR<br>25 kAIC|150<br>200|30<br>20|30<br>40|Indoor<br>Indoor|G1<br>D1|#2–300 kcmil<br>#2–300 kcmil|**BR3030BC150**<br>**BR2040BC200**|
|||30|40|Indoor|G1|#2–300 kcmil|**BR3040BC200**|
|||40|40|Indoor|L1|#2–300 kcmil|**BR4040BC200**|



## _**Main Lug Only Loadcenters—Copper Bus**_ 

## **BR816LC125FDP** 

**Single-Phase Three-Wire—120/240 Vac—Insulated/Bondable Single Neutral with Copper Bus** 

|**Main**|**Maximum Number**<br>**1-Inch (25.4 mm)**|**Enclosure**||**Box**|**Wire Size Range**<br>**Cu/Al 60 °C or 75 °C**|**Loadcenter**|
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|**Ampere Rating**|**Spaces**<br>**Circuits**|**Type**|**Trim Type**|**Size**|**for Main Lugs**|**Catalog Number**|
|125|8<br>16|Indoor|Surface (with door)|7|#14–1|**BR816LC125SDP**|
||8<br>16|Indoor|Flush (with door)|7||**BR816LC125FDP**|



## _**Notes**_ 

1   Series combination rating with Types BD, BR, BQ, BQC and GFTCB is 22 kAIC with BRH main and 25 kAIC with CSR main. 

- 2   All main circuit breaker loadcenters are listed for use as service entrance equipment and are shipped with neutral bonding strap preattached. The maximum rating of the panel is the main circuit breaker rating when used as service entrance equipment. 

- 3   Ground bar kits priced separately. See **Page V1-T1-66** . 

- 4   22 kAIC series combination rating is obtained when Types BD, BR, BQ, BQC and GFTCB 10 kAIC branch breakers are used in series with Type BRH main breaker. 

Box sizes **Pages V1-T1-67** through **V1-T1-70** . 

**Volume 1—Residential and Light Commercial** CA08100002E—April 2017 www.eaton.com 

**V1-T1-52** 

Loadcenters and Circuit Breakers 

1.2 

Type BR Loadcenters and Circuit Breakers 

## _**Convertible Loadcenters—Copper Bus 10/22/25 kAIC**_ 

**1** 

## **BR3040NC200 Convertible—Single-Phase, Three-Wire—120/240 Vac—Insulated/Bondable Split Neutral** 

|**Main**|**Maximum Number**<br>**1-Inch (25.4 mm)**|**Maximum Number**<br>**1-Inch (25.4 mm)**|**Enclosure**|**Box**|**Wire Size Range**<br>**Cu/Al 60 °C or 75 °C**|**Loadcenter Catalog Number**<br>**(With Combination or**|
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|**Ampere Rating**|**Spaces**|**Circuits**|**Type**|**Size**|**for Main**|**NEMA Type 3R Cover)**123|
|125|12|24|Indoor|B2|See main breaker|**BR1224NC125**67|
|10/22 kAIC45|12<br>20|24<br>24|Outdoor<br>Indoor|B2R<br>C2|and main lug kit tables<br>on**Page** **V1-T1-54**.|**BR1224NC125R**678<br>**BR2024NC125**7|
||20|24|Outdoor|C3R||**BR2024NC125R**78|
|200|20|40|Indoor|D1||**BR2040NC200**|
|10/25 kAIC49|20|40|Outdoor|D1R||**BR2040NC200R**8|
||30|40|Indoor|G1||**BR3040NC200**|
||30|40|Outdoor|G1R||**BR3040NC200R**8|
||40|40|Indoor|L1||**BR4040NC200**|
||40|40|Outdoor|L1R||**BR4040NC200R**8|



## _**Notes**_ 

- 1   100, 125 and 200 A convertible base unit catalog numbers include interior, box and cover only. Main devices and accessories must be ordered separately for field installation. All convertible base units are listed as suitable for use as service entrance equipment when used per Article 384 of the NEC. 

- 2   Ground bar kits priced separately, refer to **Page V1-T1-66** . 

- 3   All main circuit breaker loadcenters are listed for use as service entrance equipment and are shipped with a neutral bonding strap preattached. The maximum main rating of the loadcenter is the main breaker rating when used as service entrance equipment. 

- 4   Interrupting rating depends on main circuit breaker selected. See **Page V1-T1-66** for mains. 

- 5   For main breaker, use Type BW or CSR. For main lug, use Type BRL. 

- 6   Rainproof loadcenters are furnished with hub closure plates. For rainproof hubs, refer to **Page V1-T1-66** . 

- 7   Hold-down screw BREQS125 comes with loadcenter for back-fed Types BR and BRH main circuit breakers. 

- 8   For main breaker, use Type BR. For main lug, use Type BRSF. 

- 9   Suitable for use as service equipment when not more than six main disconnecting means are provided and when not used as a lighting and appliance panelboard. (see Article 408.34 of the NEC). 

**Volume 1—Residential and Light Commercial** CA08100002E—April 2017 www.eaton.com 

**V1-T1-53** 

1.2 

## Loadcenters and Circuit Breakers 

## Type BR Loadcenters and Circuit Breakers 

## **1** 

## _**Three-Phase—Type BR Main Circuit Breaker Loadcenters**_ 

**Three-Phase, Four-Wire—Main Lug Loadcenters—Copper Bus—208Y/120 Vac or 240 Vac, Insulated/Bondable Split Neutral** 

|**Main**<br>**Ampere Rating**|**Maximum Number**<br>**1-Inch (25.4 mm)**<br>**Spaces**<br>**Circuits**|**Maximum Number**<br>**1-Inch (25.4 mm)**<br>**Spaces**<br>**Circuits**|**Enclosure**<br>**Type**|**Box**<br>**Size**|**Wire Size Range**<br>**Cu/Al 60 °C or 75 °C**<br>**for Main**|**Loadcenter Catalog Number**<br>**(With Combination or**<br>**NEMA Type 3R Cover)**|
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|125<br>125|12<br>12|24<br>24|Indoor<br>Outdoor|C1<br>C1R|#6–3/0<br>#6–3/0|**3BR1224LC125**<br>**3BR1224LC125R**|
|150|24|42|Indoor|D1|#4–300 kcmil|**3BR2442LC150**|
|150|24|42|Outdoor|D1R|#4–300 kcmil|**3BR2442LC150R**|
|200|12|24|Indoor|C4|#4–300 kcmil|**3BR1224LC200**|
|200<br>200|12<br>30|24<br>42|Outdoor<br>Indoor|C3R<br>G1|#4–300 kcmil<br>#4–300 kcmil|**3BR1224LC200R**<br>**3BR3042LC200**|
|200<br>200|30<br>42|42<br>42|Outdoor<br>Indoor|G1R<br>L1|#4–300 kcmil<br>#4–300 kcmil|**3BR3042LC200R**<br>**3BR4242LC200**|
|200|42|42|Outdoor|L1R|#4–300 kcmil|**3BR4242LC200R**|
|225|30|42|Indoor|L1|#4–300 kcmil|**3BR3042LC225**|
|225|30|42|Outdoor|L1R|#4–300 kcmil|**3BR3042LC225R**|
|400|42<br>42|42<br>42|Indoor<br>Outdoor|24<br>47|(2) 3/0–250 kcmil|**3BR4242LC400S**<br>**3BR4242BC400R**|
|600|42|42|Indoor|24|(2) 3/0–500 kcmil|**3BR4242LC600S**|



**Three-Phase, Four-Wire—Main Circuit Breaker Loadcenters—Copper Bus—208Y/120 Vac or 240 Vac, Insulated/Bondable Split Neutral** 

|**Main**<br>**Breaker Type**|**Main**<br>**Ampere**<br>**Rating**|**Maximum Number**<br>**1-Inch (25.4 mm)**<br>**Spaces**<br>**Circuits**|**Maximum Number**<br>**1-Inch (25.4 mm)**<br>**Spaces**<br>**Circuits**|**Enclosure**<br>**Type**|**Box**<br>**Size**|**Wire Size Range**<br>**Cu/Al 60 °C or 75 °C**<br>**for Main Breaker**|**Loadcenter Catalog Number**<br>**(With Combination or**<br>**NEMA Type 3R Cover)**|
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|BR 10 kAIC|100<br>100|12<br>12|24<br>24|Indoor<br>Outdoor|C1<br>C1R|#14–1/0<br>#14–1/0|**3BR1224BC100**<br>**3BR1224BC100R**|
|CC 10 kAIC|150|30|42|Indoor|L1|#6–4/0|**3BR3042BC150**|
||150|30|42|Outdoor|L1R|#6–4/0|**3BR3042BC150R**|
||200|42|42|Indoor|L2|2/0–300 kcmil|**3BR4242BC200**|
||200<br>225|42<br>42|42<br>42|Outdoor<br>Indoor|L2R<br>L2|2/0–300 kcmil<br>2/0–300 kcmil|**3BR4242BC200R**<br>**3BR4242BC225**|
|DK 22 kAIC|225<br>400|42<br>42|42<br>42|Outdoor<br>Indoor|L2R<br>24|2/0–300 kcmil<br>(2) 3/0–250 kcmil|**3BR4242BC225R**<br>**3BR4242BC400S**|
|||42|42|Outdoor|47||**3BR4242BC400R**|
|HLD 10 kAIC|600|42|42|Indoor|24|(2) 3/0–500 kcmil|**3BR4242BC600S**|



## **3BR4242B200** 

**Three-Phase, Four-Wire—Main Circuit Breaker Loadcenters—Aluminum Bus—208Y/120 Vac or 240 Vac Insulated/Bondable Split Neutral** 

|**Main**|**Main**<br>**Ampere**|**Maximum Number**<br>**1-Inch (25.4 mm)**|**Maximum Number**<br>**1-Inch (25.4 mm)**|**Enclosure**|**Box**|**Wire Size Range**<br>**Cu/Al 60 °C or 75 °C**|**Loadcenter Catalog Number**12<br>**(With Combination or**|
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|**Breaker Type**<br>**Rating**<br>**Type**<br>**Size**<br>**for Main Breaker**<br>**NEMA Type 3R Cover)**<br>**Spaces**<br>**Circuits**<br>BR 10 kAIC<br>100<br>12<br>24<br>Indoor<br>C1<br>#14–1/0<br>**3BR1224B100**<br>12<br>24<br>Outdoor<br>C1R<br>**3BR1224B100R**3<br>~~eee~~||||||||
|CC 10 kAIC|125<br>150|30<br>30|42<br>42|Indoor<br>Indoor|L1<br>L1|#6–4/0<br>#6–4/0|**3BR3042B125**<br>**3BR3042B150**|
||200<br>~~Oo~~|30<br>30|42<br>42|Outdoor<br>Indoor|L1R<br>L1|#1–250 kcmil|**3BR3042B150R**3<br>**3BR3042B200**|
|||30|42|Outdoor|L1R||**3BR3042B200R**3|
|||42|42|Indoor|L2||**3BR4242B200**|
|||42|42|Outdoor|L2R||**3BR4242B200R**3|
|CHH 100 kAIC<br>CC 10 kAIC|200<br>225|42<br>42|42<br>42|Indoor<br>Indoor|L2<br>L2|2/0–300 kcmil<br>2/0–300 kcmil|**3BR4242H200**6<br>**3BR4242B225**|
|DK422 kAIC|400|42<br>42|42<br>42|Outdoor<br>Indoor|L2R<br>24|(2) #3/0–250 kcmil|**3BR4242B225R**3<br>**3BR4242B400S**7|
|||42|42|Indoor|24||**3BR4242B400F**|
|||42|42|Outdoor|47||**3BR4242B400R**3|
|LD5|600|42|42|Indoor|24|(2) #3/0–500 kcmil|**3BR4242B600F**|



## _**Notes**_ 

- 1   All main circuit breaker loadcenters are listed for use as service entrance equipment and are shipped with a neutral bonding strap pre-attached (commercial loadcenters do not have a pre-attached bonding strip). The maximum main rating of the panel is the main circuit breaker rating when used as service entrance equipment. 

- 2   Ground bar kits priced separately. See **Page V1-T1-66** . 

- 3   Rainproof loadcenters are furnished with hub closure plates. For rainproof hubs, refer to **Page V1-T1-66** . 

- 4   Type DK main circuit breaker is rated 65 kAIC at 240 Vac and allows a 22 kAIC series rating on the loadcenter when Types BR, BD and BJ branch circuit breakers are used. 

- 5   The LD main circuit breaker is rated 65 kAIC at 240 Vac. Type LD circuit breaker **is not** series rated with Types BR, BD and BJ branch circuit breakers. 

- 6   Includes CHH 100 kAIC rated MCB. 100 kAIC series rating combination is obtained when types BD, BR, BQ, BQC and GFGB branch breakers are used with CHH main. 7   With surface cover. 

**Volume 1—Residential and Light Commercial** CA08100002E—April 2017 www.eaton.com 

**V1-T1-54** 

1.2 

Type BR Loadcenters and Circuit Breakers 

## Loadcenters and Circuit Breakers 

**3BR1224L125 Three-Phase, Four-Wire—Main Lug Loadcenters—Aluminum Bus—208Y/120 Vac or 240 Vac, Insulated/Bondable (Unless Otherwise Noted)** 

**1** 

|**Main**<br>**Ampere Rating**<br>100<br>125|**Maximum Number**<br>**1-Inch (25.4 mm)**<br>**Spaces**<br>**Circuits**<br>3<br>3<br>3<br>3<br>12<br>24|**Maximum Number**<br>**1-Inch (25.4 mm)**<br>**Spaces**<br>**Circuits**<br>3<br>3<br>3<br>3<br>12<br>24|**Enclosure**<br>**Type**<br>Indoor<br>Outdoor<br>Indoor|**Box**<br>**Size**<br>6<br>6R<br>C1|**Wire Size Range**<br>**Cu/Al 60 °C or 75 °C**<br>**for Main Lugs**<br>#6–1/0<br>#6–3/0|**Loadcenter Catalog Number**1<br>**(With Combination or**<br>**NEMA Type 3R Cover)**<br>**3BR3L100S**23<br>**3BR3L100R**34<br>**3BR1224L125**56|
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
||12|24|Outdoor|C1R||**3BR1224L125R**456|
|150|18|36|Indoor|C2|#6–4/0|**3BR1836L150**|
||18|36|Outdoor|C3R||**3BR1836L150R**|
||24|42|Indoor|D1|#4–300 kcmil|**3BR2442L150**|
||24|42|Outdoor|D1R||**3BR2442L150R**4|
|200|12|24|Indoor|C4|#4–300 kcmil|**3BR1224L200**6|
||12|24|Outdoor|C3R||**3BR1224L200R**46|
||18|36|Indoor|C4|#4–300 kcmil|**3BR1836L200**|
||18|36|Outdoor|C3R||**3BR1836L200R**|
||30|42|Indoor|G1|#4–300 kcmil|**3BR3042L200**|
||30|42|Outdoor|G1R||**3BR3042L200R**4|
||42|42|Indoor|L1|#4–300 kcmil|**3BR4242L200**|
||42|42|Outdoor|L1R||**3BR4242L200R**4|
|225|42|42|Indoor|L1|#4–300 kcmil|**3BR4242L225**|
||42|42|Outdoor|L1R||**3BR4242L225R**4|



## **3BR4242L400F Three-Phase, Four-Wire—Main Lug Loadcenters—Aluminum Bus—208Y/120 Vac or 240 Vac, Insulated/Bondable Split Neutral** 

||**Maximum Number**|**Maximum Number**||||**Commercial Loadcenter**||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
||**1-Inch (25.4 mm)**|**1-Inch (25.4 mm)**|||**Wire Size Range**|**Catalog Number**g||
|**Main**|||**Enclosure**|**Box**|**Cu/Al 60 °C or 75 °C**|**With Flush or**|**With**|
|**Ampere Rating**|**Spaces**|**Circuits**|**Type**|**Size**|**for Main Lugs**|**NEMA Type 3R Cover**|**Surface Cover**|
|400|42|42|Indoor|22|(1) 250–750 kcmil|**3BR4242L400F**|**3BR4242L400S**|
||42|42|Outdoor|46|or|**3BR4242L400R**4|**—**|
||||||(2) #3/0–250 kcmil|||
|600|42|42|Indoor|22|(2) #2–500 kcmil|**—**|**3BR4242L600S**|



## _**Notes**_ 

- 1   Ground bar kits priced separately. See **Page V1-T1-66** . 

- 2   Surface cover only. 

- 3   Insulated/bondable single neutral. 

- 4   Rainproof loadcenters are furnished with hub closure plates. For rainproof hubs, refer to **Page V1-T1-66** . 

- 5   Has notch for BREQS125 hold-down kit. 

- 6   Suitable for use as service equipment when not more than six main disconnecting means are provided and when not used as a lighting and appliance panelboard (see Article 408.34 of the NEC). 

- g Door lock and key included with loadcenter. 

Box sizes **Pages V1-T1-67** through **V1-T1-70** . 

**Volume 1—Residential and Light Commercial** CA08100002E—April 2017 www.eaton.com 

**V1-T1-55** 

Loadcenters and Circuit Breakers 

1.2 

Type BR Loadcenters and Circuit Breakers 

**1** 

## **3BR3030N100 Three-Phase, Four-Wire—Convertible Loadcenters—Aluminum Bus—208Y/120 Vac or 240 Vac, Insulated/Bondable Split Neutral** 

|**Main**|**Maximum Number**<br>**1-Inch (25.4 mm)**|**Maximum Number**<br>**1-Inch (25.4 mm)**|**Enclosure**|**Box**|**Wire Size Range**<br>**Cu/Al 60 °C or 75 °C**|**Loadcenter Catalog Number**23<br>**(With Combination or**|
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|**Ampere Rating**1|**Spaces**|**Circuits**|**Type**|**Size**|**for Main**|**NEMA Type 3R Cover)**|
|1004<br>~~Ce~~|30<br>~~Ce~~|30<br>~~Ce~~|Indoor<br>~~Ce~~|D1<br>~~Ce~~|See main breaker<br>~~Ce~~|**3BR3030N100**5<br>~~Ce~~|
||||||and main lug kit tables||
||30|30|Outdoor|D1R|below.|**3BR3030N100R**56|
|1254|12|24|Indoor|C1||**3BR1224N125**567|
||12|24|Outdoor|C1R||**3BR1224N125R**5678|
|200|30|42|Indoor|L1||**3BR3042N200**|
|225|42|42|Indoor|L2||**3BR4242N225**|
||42|42|Indoor|B||**3BR4242B225NY**9|



**3BR4242N225NY** 

## **Three-Phase Main Lugs Kit for Convertible Loadcenters** 

## **Three-Phase Main Breaker Kits—10 kAIC** 

|**Ampere**<br>**Rating**|**Wire Size Range**<br>**Cu/Al 60 °C or 75 °C**|**Catalog**<br>**Number**|
|---|---|---|
|100<br>~~SS~~|#6–4/0<br>~~SS~~|**CC3100N**<br>~~SS~~|
|125|#6–4/0|**CC3125N**|
|150|#6–4/0|**CC3150N**|
|175|#2/0–300 kcmil|**CC3175N**|
|200|#2/0–300 kcmil|**CC3200N**|
|225|#2/0–300 kcmil|**CC3225N**|



|**Ampere**|**Wire Size Range**|**Catalog**|
|---|---|---|
|**Rating**|**Cu/Al 60 °C or 75 °C**|**Number**|
|225<br>~~EL~~|#1–300 kcmil<br>~~EL~~|**3BRL225**<br>~~EL~~|
|225|#1–300 kcmil|**3BRS225**j|



## _**Notes**_ 

- 1   The maximum rating of the loadcenter is the main circuit breaker rating when used as service entrance equipment. 

- 2   100, 125 and 200 A convertible base unit catalog numbers include interior, box and cover only. Main devices and accessories must be ordered separately for field installation. 

- All convertible base units are listed as suitable for use as service entrance equipment when used per Article 384 of the NEC. 

- 3   Ground bar kits priced separately. See **Page V1-T1-66** . 

- 4   For main breaker, use Type BR. For main lug, use Type BRSF. 

- 5   BREQS125 hold-down screw comes with loadcenter for back-fed Types BR and BRH main circuit breakers. 

- 6   Rainproof loadcenters are furnished with hub closure plates. For rainproof hubs, refer to **Page V1-T1-66** . 

- 7   Convertible to maximum of 100 A main circuit breaker and 125 A main lug. 

- 8   Suitable for use as service equipment when not more than six main disconnecting means are provided and when not used as a lighting and appliance panelboard (see Article 408.34 of the NEC). 

- 9   Order 3BR42FTNY or 3BR42STNY cover separately. 

- j For subfeed. 

Box sizes **Pages V1-T1-67** through **V1-T1-70** . 

**Volume 1—Residential and Light Commercial** CA08100002E—April 2017 www.eaton.com 

**V1-T1-56** 

Loadcenters and Circuit Breakers 

1.2 

Type BR Loadcenters and Circuit Breakers 

**BR Quick Connect Neutral Loadcenters** 

## **Contents—BR Specialty Products** 

**1** 

**==> picture [245 x 113] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
|||
|---|---|
|Description|Page|
|Overview  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|V1-T1-42|
|BR Specialty Products|
|BR Quick Connect Neutral Loadcenters|
|Spa Panels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|V1-T1-58|
|Riser Panel. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|V1-T1-59|
|Type BR Renovation Loadcenter . . . . . . . . . . .|V1-T1-60|
|Type BR Mechanical Interlock Kits. . . . . . . . . .|V1-T1-62|
|Type BR Retrofit Interior Kits . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|V1-T1-73|
|BR Circuit Breakers. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|V1-T1-76|

**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


## **BR Specialty Products BR Quick Connect Neutral Loadcenters** 

## **Product Description** 

The Type BR Quick Connect Neutral loadcenters coupled with Type BR Quick Connect Neutral electronic breakers provide a clean, quick connection for an installer looking to save time while providing a professional look. 

## **Features and Benefits** 

- Full-length neutral bars provide over 300% neutral capacity while enhancing installation flexibility for the installer 

- Backed-out neutral screws allow an installer to make a quick connection when terminating neutral and ground wires 

- Extended circuits (30/60, 40/80) provide maximum flexibility to a contractor on every space possible 

- Standard LED diagnostics on AFCI and AF/GF breakers provides installers best-in-class troubleshooting technology 

- Cut-to-length neutral wires provides a clean, professional look versus traditional pigtail circuit breakers 

- Solid-tip, stranded neutral wires provide a quick connection to the full length neutral bar 

## **Product Selection** 

**BR Quick Connect Neutral Loadcenters**[1] 

**==> picture [373 x 223] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
|||||||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|Number of|
|Main|Ampere|Incoming|Enclosure|Box|Ground|Neutral|Catalog|
|Device|Rating|Spaces|Circuits|[2 ]|Lug Size|Type|[3]|Size|Bar|Terminations|Number|
|BR 10 kAIC|100|30|60|#4–1/0|Indoor|D1|4|96|BR3060BQN100|
|CSR 25 kAIC|150|30|60|#2–300 kcmil|Indoor|G1|4|102|BR3060BQN150|
|CSR 25 kAIC|200|30|60|#2–300 kcmil|Indoor|G1|4|102|BR3060BQN200|
|CSR 25 kAIC|200|40|80|#2–300 kcmil|Indoor|L1|4|128|BR4080BQN200|
|CSR 25 kAIC|200|30|60|#2–300 kcmil|Outdoor|L1R|4|94|BR3060BQN200R|
|CSR 25 kAIC|200|40|80|#2–300 kcmil|Outdoor|G1R|4|128|BR4080BQN200R|
|Main lug only|125|24|48|#6–2/0|Indoor|C2|GBK14|80|BR2448LQN125G|
|Main lug only|125|30|60|#6–2/0|Indoor|D1|GBK10|96|BR3060LQN125G|
|Main lug only|200|30|60|#1–300 kcmil|Indoor|D1|GBK1020 + GBK10|96|BR3060LQN200G|
|Main lug only|200|40|80|#1–300 kcmil|Indoor|G1|GBK1020 + GBK10|122|BR4080LQN200G|
|Main lug only|125|20|40|#6–2/0|Outdoor|C1R|GBK14|68|BR2040LQN125RG|
|Main lug only|200|30|60|#1–300 kcmil|Outdoor|D1R|GBK1420|94|BR3060LQN200RG|
|Convertible|200|30|60|—|Indoor|G1|4|102|BR3060NQN200|
|Convertible|200|40|80|—|Indoor|L1|4|128|BR4080NQN200|
|Convertible|200|30|60|—|Outdoor|G1R|4|94|BR3060NQN200R|
|Convertible|200|40|80|—|Outdoor|L1R|4|128|BR4080NQN200R|

**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


## **BR Quick Connect Neutral Electronic Breakers** 

**==> picture [367 x 66] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
|||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|Ampere|LED Diagnostics|Catalog|
|Rating|Poles|Wire Size|Breaker Type|Included|Number|
|15|Single-pole 10 kAIC|#14–4|Combination AFCI|Yes|BRCAF115QN|
|20|Single-pole 10 kAIC|#14–4|Combination AFCI|Yes|BRCAF120QN|
|15|Single-pole 10 kAIC|#14–4|Arc fault/ground fault|Yes|BRLAFGF115QN|
|20|Single-pole 10 kAIC|#14–4|Arc fault/ground fault|Yes|BRLAFGF120QN|

**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


_**Notes**_ 

- 1 BR Quick Connect Neutral loadcenters accept both standard and Quick Connect Neutral breakers. 

- 2 Loadcenters accept Type BR twin breakers. 

- 3 Combination cover included with every indoor loadcenter. 

- 4 Ground bar kit not included. Purchase separately. 

**Volume 1—Residential and Light Commercial** CA08100002E—April 2017 www.eaton.com 

**V1-T1-57** 

Loadcenters and Circuit Breakers 

1.2 

Type BR Loadcenters and Circuit Breakers 

**1** 

**==> picture [33 x 8] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
Spa Panels<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


## **Contents—BR Specialty Products** 

|**Contents—BR Specialty Products**||
|---|---|
|**_Description_**|**_Page_**|
|Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V1-T1-42**|
|BR Specialty Products||
|BR Quick Connect Neutral Loadcenters . . . . . .|**V1-T1-57**|
|Spa Panels||
|Riser Panel  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V1-T1-59**|
|Type BR Renovation Loadcenter . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V1-T1-60**|
|Type BR Mechanical Interlock Kits  . . . . . . . . . .|**V1-T1-62**|
|Type BR Retrofit Interior Kits. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V1-T1-73**|
|BR Circuit Breakers  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V1-T1-76**|



## **Spa Panels** 

## **Product Description** 

Eaton’s BR Spa Panels distribute power to outdoor loads and provide protection for people from electric shock. Save time and money with streamlined installation procedures and easy-access features. Spa panels meet NEC requirements by providing a ground fault circuit interruption device and a disconnect switch in a single simple device. Ships assembled prewired, factory tested and ready to install. 

## **Features** 

- 10-year warranty 

- UL Listed 

- Factory-installed two-pole ground fault circuit interrupter (GFCI) 

## **Product Selection** 

**Spa Panel—Meets NEC Article 680.40 Through 680.43— BR Spa Panel Requirements for GFCI Protection** 

|**Main**|**Maximum Number**|||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|**Ampere**|**1-Inch (25.4 mm)**|**Enclosure**|**Box**|**Wire Size Range Cu/Al 60 °C**|**Catalog**|
|**Rating**|**Space**<br>**Poles**|**Type**|**Size**|**or 75 °C for Main Lugs**|**Number**|
|40|—<br>—|Outdoor|5R|#8–#2|**BR40SPAST**1|
|50|—<br>—|Outdoor|5R|#8–#2|**BR50SPAST**2|



## _**Notes**_ 

- 1   Includes a GFTCB240 breaker, factory installed. 

- 2   Includes a GFTCB250 breaker, factory installed. 

**Volume 1—Residential and Light Commercial** CA08100002E—April 2017 www.eaton.com 

**V1-T1-58** 

1.2 

Type BR Loadcenters and Circuit Breakers 

## Loadcenters and Circuit Breakers 

**==> picture [33 x 6] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
Riser Panel<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


## **Contents—BR Specialty Products** 

**1** 

|**Contents—BR Specialty Products**||
|---|---|
|**_Description_**|**_Page_**|
|Overview  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V1-T1-42**|
|BR Specialty Products<br>BR Quick Connect Neutral Loadcenters  . . . . .|**V1-T1-57**|
|Spa Panels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .<br>Riser Panel|**V1-T1-58**|
|Type BR Renovation Loadcenter . . . . . . . . . . .<br>Type BR Retrofit Interior Kits . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V1-T1-60**<br>**V1-T1-73**|
|BR Circuit Breakers. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V1-T1-76**|



## **Riser Panel** 

## **Product Description** 

Eaton’s Riser Panel is a loadcenter with an offset interior to allow riser cables to pass through the enlarged gutter. By using lay-in tap lugs, the contractor is able to simply strip off a length of the riser cable’s insulation, and tap off to the riser panel’s main lugs. These panels are used in the construction of assisted living homes, dormitories, public housing complexes and apartments. 

## **Product Selection** 

## **Riser Panel** 

## **BR1224L125RIS** 

|**Main Ampere**<br>**Rating**<br>125|**Maximum Number**<br>**1-Inch (25.4 mm)**<br>**Space**<br>**Circuits**<br>12<br>24|**Enclosure**<br>**Type**<br>Indoor|**Box**<br>**Size**<br>C4|**Wire Size Range**<br>**Cu/Al 60 °C or 75 °C**<br>**for Main Lugs**<br>#6–2/0|**Catalog**<br>**Number**<br>**BR1224L125RIS**|
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|125<br>125<br>125|12<br>24<br>20<br>24<br>20<br>24|Indoor<br>Indoor<br>Indoor|C4<br>C4<br>C4|#6–2/0<br>#6–2/0<br>#6–2/0|**BR1224L125RISBP**1<br>**BR2024L125RIS**<br>**BR2024L125RISBP**1|
|125|20<br>30|Indoor|C2|#6–2/0|**BR2030L125RIS**|
|200|30<br>40|Indoor|D1|#1–300|**BR3040L200RIS**|



## **Riser Panel Accessories** 

**BRGUTTER (Shown with Loadcenter) Catalog Number BRGUTTER**[2] **GTAP250** 

## _**Notes**_ 

- 1   Bulk-packaged loadcenter without carton. Must be ordered in multiples of 16. 

- 2   Refer to **Page V1-T1-68** for dimensions. BRGUTTER is box size C2. 

## **Accessories** 

For riser panels not shown, contact the Flex Center at 1-800-330-6479 for both CH and BR riser panels. 

**Volume 1—Residential and Light Commercial** CA08100002E—April 2017 www.eaton.com 

**V1-T1-59** 

Loadcenters and Circuit Breakers 

1.2 

Type BR Loadcenters and Circuit Breakers 

**1** 

**==> picture [79 x 6] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
BR Renovation Loadcenters<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


## **Contents—BR Specialty Products** 

|**Contents—BR Specialty Products**||
|---|---|
|**_Description_**|**_Page_**|
|Overview  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V1-T1-42**|
|BR Specialty Products<br>BR Quick Connect Neutral Loadcenters  . . . . .|**V1-T1-57**|
|Spa Panels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .<br>Riser Panel. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V1-T1-58**<br>**V1-T1-59**|
|Type BR Renovation Loadcenter<br>Options and Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V1-T1-61**|
|Type BR Retrofit Interior Kits . . . . . . . . . . . . . .<br>BR Circuit Breakers. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V1-T1-73**<br>**V1-T1-76**|



## **Type BR Renovation Loadcenter** 

## **Product Description** 

- Available in 10, 20, 30 and 40 circuit main breaker styles 

## _**Quick-Pro[SM]**_ 

- All you need to 

- breaker styles know to save 

- ● Designed to replace h PIO4 time and make existing loadcenters more money. and fuse boxes Specified on certain Eaton 

- ● Type BR loadcenter products, the Quick-Pro packaged with circuit symbol allows for immediate breakers recognition of products 

- ● Factory-installed 5-circuit that are designed for terminal block(s) straightforward installation. 

- ● Twin-stacked neutral When you see Quick-Pro, you know you can install 

- design quickly—sometimes up to 50% less than the usual installation time—and move on to your next job. 

## **Features, Benefits and Functions** 

- Factory-installed terminal ● Specifically designed for block(s) allows installer to the service contractor— terminate existing short this is the ONLY renovation wires without using wire line in the industry nuts or junction boxes ● 

- Single-pole and two-pole 

- ● Twin-stacked neutrals are breakers included mounted up high in the ● 10-year warranty on loadcenter, which allows loadcenter and breakers for all neutral and ground wires to be terminated in the top half of the loadcenter 

## **Product Selection** 

|**BR2020B100RN**|**BR Value Packs**|**BR Value Packs**1||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
||**Main**<br>**Breaker**||**Wire Size**|**Number of**<br>**5-Circuit**|**Single-Pole**|**Two-Pole**|**Catalog**|
||**Type**|**Description**|**Range**|**Terminal Blocks**|**Breakers**|**Breakers**|**Number**|
||BR|Single-phase 100 A 10k main breaker 10/20|#6–1/0|0|(2) BR115|(1) BR230|**BR1020B100SRNV**|
||10 kAIC|circuit surface-mount box is 11.75" wide x 13" tall||||||
|||Single-phase 100 A 10k main breaker 10/20||0|(2) BR115|(1) BR230|**BR1020B100FRNV**|
|||circuit flush-mount box is 11.75" wide x 13" tall||||||
||**_Note_**|||||||



1   Indoor enclosure type. 

**Volume 1—Residential and Light Commercial** CA08100002E—April 2017 www.eaton.com 

**V1-T1-60** 

1.2 

Type BR Loadcenters and Circuit Breakers 

**1** 

## Loadcenters and Circuit Breakers 

## **Options and Accessories** 

|**BRSF125**|**Field Installation Kits and Parts**|**Field Installation Kits and Parts**||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
||**Number**<br>**Ampere**|**Number of 1-Inch (25.4 mm)**|**Wire Size Range**|**Ordering**|**Catalog**|
||**of Poles**<br>**Rating**|**Spaces Needed**|**Cu/Al 60 °C or 75 °C**|**Quantity**1|**Number**|
||**Main and Sub-Feed Lug Blocks**|||||
||2<br>125|2|#8–2/0|1|**BRSF125**|
|**3BRS225**|150|2|#8–2/0|1|**BRSF150**2|
||225|4|#2–300 kcmil|1|**BRS225**|
||3<br>150|3|#8–2/0|1|**3BRSF150**2|
||225|6|#2–300 kcmil|1|**3BRS225**|
||**Main Lugs**|||||
||Two-pole, 200 A stud mounted (includes deadfront filler plate)||#1–300 kcmil|1|**BRL200**|
|**BRL200**|Neutral/ground lug||#2/0 maximum|1|**NL20**|
||Add-on neutral or ground lug||#3/0 maximum|1|**NL30**|
||||300 kcmil maximum|1|**NL300**|
||**Filler Plates**|||||
||1-inch (25.4 mm) circuit breaker space|||25|**BRFP**|
|**TDL**|BW main circuit breaker space (with hardware)|||1|**BWFP**|
||Door lock —12–42 circuits, and 100–225 A|||1|**TDL**|
||Door lock—4–8 circuits, 125 A|||1|**CH9FL**|
||ANSI-61 light gray touchup paint for current loadcenters|||1|**SPC61**|
||Isolated neutral assembly (computer circuits)|||1|**BINA**|
||Circuit directory—adhesive backed|||10|**TCD**|
||Cover screws|||25|**LCCS**|
||Cover replacement latch (gray) 14-5/16 (363.5 mm) wide loadcenters only|||1|**BRRL**|
||Circuit marking strip (next to breaker)|||10|**BRMS**|
||Circuit identification label (preprinted breaker labels)|||25|**CHBL**|
||Series rated caution label|||25|**SRL**|
||Bonding strip with screw|||1|**BSSUSE**|



## _**Notes**_ 

1   Must be purchased in multiples of ordering quantities indicated. 

2   #8–2/0 wire size range is 75 °C rated only. 

**Volume 1—Residential and Light Commercial** CA08100002E—April 2017 www.eaton.com 

**V1-T1-61** 

Loadcenters and Circuit Breakers 

1.2 

Type BR Loadcenters and Circuit Breakers 

**1** 

**Type BR Mechanical Interlock Kits** 

## **Contents** 

|**Contents**||
|---|---|
|**_Description_**|**_Page_**|
|Overview  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V1-T1-42**|
|BR Specialty Products||
|BR Quick Connect Neutral Loadcenters  . . . . .|**V1-T1-57**|
|Spa Panels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V1-T1-58**|
|Riser Panel. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V1-T1-59**|
|Type BR Renovation Loadcenter . . . . . . . . . . .|**V1-T1-60**|
|Type BR Retrofit Interior Kits . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V1-T1-73**|
|Type BR Mechanical Interlock Kits||
|BR Circuit Breakers||
|Product Selection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V1-T1-77**|
|Circuit Breaker Accessories. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V1-T1-85**|
|Wiring Diagrams  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V1-T1-87**|



_**Type BR Loadcenter with Mechanical Interlock Kit**_ 

## **Type BR Mechanical Interlock Kits** 

## **Product Description** 

With the aging electrical infrastructure and frequent severe storms, power outages are becoming more and more frequent, affecting thousands of people nationwide. Eaton mechanical interlock kit provides an easy and cost-effective solution when using backup emergency power. 

This solution expands the robust line of emergency power products and accessories. 

## **Features and Benefits** 

- Prevents utility and generator supplies from being on at the same time 

- Protects utility linemen from dangerous generator backfeed 

- Robust interlock design 

- Offered in two unique styles for almost any BR loadcenter, which can reduce inventory levels 

- Quick and easy installation—drill points or fixtures for pilot holes are provided on all applicable BR loadcenters; no additional assembly is required 

## **Standards and Certifications** 

- UL 67 Listed—For use with BR loadcenters 

- Meets NEC[®] Article 702 

**Volume 1—Residential and Light Commercial** CA08100002E—April 2017 www.eaton.com 

**V1-T1-62** 

Loadcenters and Circuit Breakers 

1.2 

Type BR Loadcenters and Circuit Breakers 

## **Product Selection** 

Each mechanical interlock kit includes: 

- Interlock assembly 

- Hold down kit 1 

- New labels 

- Necessary screws 

Warranty information: 

- 10-year warranty on all Type BR circuit breakers and loadcenters 

- Refer to Eaton for complete warranty details 

**1** 

||||**Mechanical Interlock Kits**2|**Mechanical Interlock Kits**2|
|---|---|---|---|---|
||||**Description**|**Catalog Number**|
|**BRMIKBR**|||Single|**BRMIKBR**|
|LAS]|fi|i]|Bulk pack3|**BRMIKBRBP**|
||9||||
||\—||||
|**BRMIKCSR**|||Single|**BRMIKCSR**|
||||Bulk pack3|**BRMIKCSRBP**|



## _**Notes**_ 

- 1 For breakers under 70 A used in backfed applications, add “B” to the end of the catalog string to get the appropriate “hold-down” version. 

- 2 Clamshell packaged. 

- 3 Bulk pack contains 10 units, individually packaged. 

**Volume 1—Residential and Light Commercial** CA08100002E—April 2017 www.eaton.com 

**V1-T1-63** 

Loadcenters and Circuit Breakers 

1.2 

Type BR Loadcenters and Circuit Breakers 

## **1** ~~__~~ 

## _**Mechanical Interlock Cover**_ 

Covers mechanically interlock two breakers—Type BW or CSR main breaker with a Type BR branch breaker. 

## **Mechanical Interlock Cover** 

## **BR816B100** 

|**Fits Loadcenter**|**Mechanical Interlock**<br>**Trim/Deadfront**|**Mechanical Interlock Kit**|
|---|---|---|
|**Catalog Numbers**|**Catalog Numbers**|**Catalog Numbers**|
|**Indoor**|||
|**BR816B100**<br>**BR816N100**|**BRCOVC10M**|**BRMIKBR**|
|**BR1212B100**|**BRCOVC12M**||
|**BR1220B100**|||
|**BR1220H100**|||
|**BR1224N125**|**BRCOVC13M**||
|**BR1616B100**|**BRCOVC16M**||
|**BR1620B100**|||
|**BR1624B100**|||
|**BR1624B125**|**BRCOVC17M**||
|**BR1624N125**|||
|**BR2020B100, BR2020BC100**|**BRCOVC22M**||
|**BR2020H100, BR2020HC100**|||
|**BR2024H100**|||
|**BR2020HC100**|||
|**BR2030B100**|||
|**BR2040B100**|||
|**BR2024B125**|**BRCOVC23M**||
|**BR2024N125, BR2024NC125**|||
|**BR3030B100, BR3030BC100**|**BRCOVC59M**||
|**BR3030H100, BR3030HC100**|||
|**Raintight**<br>**BR1020B100R**|**BR3RDF1M**|Field-installed interlock kits not|
|**BR1224B100R**||available for these catalog numbers.|
|**BR1224N125R, BR1224NC125R**|||
|**BR1624B100R**|**BR3RDF2M**||
|**BR1624N125R**|||
|**BR2024B100R, BR2024B125R**|**BR3RDF4M**||
|**BR2024N125R, BR2024NC125R**|||



**Volume 1—Residential and Light Commercial** CA08100002E—April 2017 www.eaton.com 

**V1-T1-64** 

Loadcenters and Circuit Breakers 

1.2 

Type BR Loadcenters and Circuit Breakers 

**==> picture [535 x 599] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
|||||
|---|---|---|---|
|BR4040B200|Mechanical Interlock Cover, continued|1|
|Mechanical Interlock|
|Fits Loadcenter|Trim/Deadfront|Mechanical Interlock Kit|
|Catalog Numbers|Catalog Numbers|Catalog Numbers|1|
|Indoor|
|1|
|BR1630B150|BRCOV16C4FM|BRMIKCSR|
|BR1224N200|1|
|BR1632B200|
|BR1632N200|1|
|BR2030B150|BRCOV20C4FM|
|BR2030H150|1|
|BR2040B150|
|1|
|BR2040B200, BR2040BC200|BRCOV20D1FM|
|BR2040H200|1|
|BR2040N200, BR2040NC200|
|BR2430B150, BR2430BC150|BRCOV30G1FM|1|
|BR3030B150|
|BR3030H150|1|
|BR3040B150|1|
|BR2440B200|
|BR2440N200|1|
|BR3040B200, BR3040BC200|
|BR3040N200, BR3040NC200|1|
|BR3040H200|
|BR4040B200, BR4040BC200|BRCOV40L1FM|1|
|BR4040H200|1|
|BR4040N200, BR4040NC200|
|BR4242B225|BRCOV42L2FM|1|
|Raintight|
|BR816B150RF|BR3RDF5M|[1]|1|
|BR816B200RF|
|1|
|BR816N200RF|
|BR1224N200R|1|
|BR2030B150R|BR3RDF11M|[1]|
|BR2040B150R|1|
|BR2040B200R|
|BR2040B225R|1|
|BR2040N200R|1|
|BR3030B150R|BR3RDF12M|[1]|
|BR3040B200R|1|
|BR3040N200R|
|BR4040B200R|BR3RDF13M|[1]|1|
|BR4040N200R|
|BR48B200RF|BR3RDF14M|1|
|BR4242B225R|BR3RDF15M|[1]|1|
|Mechanical Interlock Loadcenter Replacement Covers|[2]|
|BR2020B100M, BR2020BC100M|BRCOV20C2FM|Field-installed interlock kits not|1|
|available for these catalog numbers.|
|BR2024H100M|
|BR3030BC100M|BRCOV30D1FM|1|

**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


_**Notes**_ 

1   Deadfront only. 

2   Can only be provided as replacement covers for factory-installed mechanically interlock loadcenters. 

**Volume 1—Residential and Light Commercial** CA08100002E—April 2017 www.eaton.com 

**V1-T1-65** 

1.2 

## Loadcenters and Circuit Breakers 

## Type BR Loadcenters and Circuit Breakers 

## **1 DS300H2** ~~—~~ 

## **GBK14** Shaggy **BRGBK39512** 

## **Field Installation Rainproof Conduit Hubs** 

|**Field Installation Rainproof Conduit Hubs**||||
|---|---|---|---|
|**Description**<br>Group 1—for use with 70, 100 and 125 A MLO and MCB loadcenters and circuit breaker enclosures and the<br>following 150 and 200 A panels: BR48B200RF|**Conduit Size**<br>**Inches (mm)**<br>**Ordering**<br>**Quantity**1<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**<br>0.75 (19.1)<br>1<br>**DS075H1**<br>1.00 (25.4)<br>1<br>**DS100H1**<br>1.25 (31.8)<br>1<br>**DS125H1**<br>~~re~~|||
||1.50 (38.1)|1|**DS150H1**|
|Group 2—for use with 150, 200 and 225 A MLO and MCB loadcenters and circuit breaker enclosures except for|2.00 (50.8)<br>2.00 (50.8)|1<br>1|**DS200H1**<br>**DS200H2**|
|the following 200 A loadcenters: BR48B200RF. Also for use with 400 and 600 A loadcenters and New York City<br>loadcenters manufactured after November 1, 2005|2.50 (63.5)|1|**DS250H2**|
||3.00 (76.2)|1|**DS300H2**|
|Type H conduit hubs for loadcenters PL0724R and S3100RN|0.75 (19.1)|1|**RH75P**|
||1.00 (25.4)|1|**RH100P**|
||1.25 (31.8)|1|**RH125P**|
|Adapter kit—Allows Installing a Group 1 hub on devices arranged for Group 2 hubs|1.50 (38.1)<br>—|1<br>1|**RH150P**<br>**DS900AP**|
|Group 1 small blank hub plate with bump|—|1|**DS900CP1**|
|Group 2 Large blank hub plate with bump|—|1|**DS900CP2**|



## **Ground Bar Kits** 

|**Description**<br>**(See Legend)**|**Description**<br>**(See Legend)**||dssssds|**Length**<br>**Inches (mm)**<br> 2.54 (64.5)|**Ordering**<br>**Quantity**1<br>1|**Catalog**<br>**Number**<br>**GBK5**2|
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
||||dssssdsj|3.59 (91.2)|1|**GBK520**2|
||||dssssdssssss <br>dssssdssssssj|4.29 (109.0)<br> 5.34 (135.6)|1<br>1|**GBK10**2<br>**GBK1020**2|
||||f<br>d<br>f<br>f<br>f<br>k<br>f<br>d<br>f<br>k<br>f<br>f<br>f|4.61 (117.1)|1|**GBK13**2|
||||dssssdssssssssss|5.69 (144.5)|1|**GBK14**2|
|||dssssdssssssssssj||6.74 (171.2)|1|**GBK1420**2|
|dssssdsssssssssssssssss||||8.14 (206.8)|1|**GBK21**2|
|dssssdsssssssssssssssssj||||9.19 (233.4)|1|**GBK2120**2|
|f<br>k<br>f|d|f|sssss <br>k<br>f<br>f<br>f<br>k<br>f<br>d<br>f<br>k<br>f<br>f<br>f<br>k<br>f|5.78 (146.8)<br> 1.84 (46.7)|1<br>1|**BRGBK39512**34<br>**GB4NM**5|



## **Ground Bar Legend** 

- s (3) #14–10 Cu/Al or (1) #14–4 Cu/Al j (1) #6–2/0 Cu/Al 

- (1) #14–1/0 Cu/Al or (3) #14–10 Cu/Al 

- (1) #14–6 Cu/Al or (2) #14–12 Cu/Al 

- d Mounting Hole 

## _**Notes**_ 

- 1   Must be purchased in multiples of ordering quantities indicated. 

- 2   Distance between mounting holes is 1.75 inches (44.5 mm). 

- 3   For single- and three-phase 400 and 600 A applications. 

- 4   Distance between mounting holes is 2.34 inches (59.5 mm). 

- 5   For non-metallic enclosures. Snaps into molded base. 

**Volume 1—Residential and Light Commercial** CA08100002E—April 2017 www.eaton.com 

**V1-T1-66** 

1.2 

Type BR Loadcenters and Circuit Breakers 

**1** 

## Loadcenters and Circuit Breakers 

## **Dimensions** 

Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) 

## _**Residential/Commercial/New York City Loadcenters, Unit Enclosures—Box Sizes**_ 

**Note:** Box sizes do not include covers/fronts. 

## **Residential Loadcenters—NEMA Type 1 Indoor** 

|**Box Size**|**Height**|**Width**|**Depth**|
|---|---|---|---|
|A1|15.00 (381.0)|11.25 (285.8)|3.75 (95.3)|
|B1|16.75 (425.5)|14.31 (363.5)|3.88 (98.4)|
|B2|18.75 (476.3)|14.31 (363.5)|3.88 (98.4)|
|C1|21.00 (533.4)|14.31 (363.5)|3.88 (98.4)|
|C2|23.00 (584.2)|14.31 (363.5)|3.88 (98.4)|
|C4|27.00 (685.8)|14.31 (363.5)|3.88 (98.4)|
|D1|29.13 (739.8)|14.31 (363.5)|3.88 (98.4)|
|G1|34.13 (866.8)|14.31 (363.5)|3.88 (98.4)|
|L1|39.00 (990.6)|14.31 (363.5)|3.88 (98.4)|
|L2|45.00 (1143.0)|14.31 (363.5)|3.88 (98.4)|
|L3|48.38 (1228.3)|14.31 (363.5)|3.88 (98.4)|
|2|8.63 (219.1)|5.00 (127.0)|3.50 (88.9)|
|3|9.44 (239.7)|4.50 (114.3)|3.00 (76.2)|
|4|13.00 (330.2)|11.00 (279.4)|3.56 (90.5)|
|5|9.44 (239.7)|4.50 (114.3)|3.00 (76.2)|
|6|12.00 (304.8)|6.88 (174.6)|4.50 (114.3)|
|7|13.00 (330.2)|11.00 (279.4)|3.56 (90.5)|
|9|14.50 (368.3)|6.50 (165.1)|3.50 (88.9)|



## **Commercial Loadcenters—NEMA Type 1 Indoor** 

|**Box Size**|**Height**|**Width**|**Depth**|
|---|---|---|---|
|19|44.00 (1117.6)|16.16 (410.4)|6.25 (158.8)|
|20|44.00 (1117.6)|16.16 (410.4)|6.25 (158.8)|
|22|54.00 (1371.6)|16.22 (412.0)|6.31 (160.3)|
|24|66.50 (1689.1)|16.22 (412.0)|6.31 (160.3)|



## **Commercial Loadcenters—NEMA Type 3R Outdoor** 

|**Box Size**|**Height**|**Width**|**Depth**|
|---|---|---|---|
|42|38.00 (965.2)|16.31 (414.3)|6.38 (161.9)|
|43|44.00 (1117.6)|16.31 (414.3)|6.38 (161.9)|
|46|54.00 (1371.6)|16.31 (414.3)|6.38 (161.9)|
|47|66.56 (1690.7)|16.31 (414.3)|6.38 (161.9)|



**New York City Loadcenters—NEMA Type 1 Indoor** 

|**Box Size**|**Height**|**Width**|**Depth**|
|---|---|---|---|
|A|38.00 (965.2)|18.13 (460.4)|5.00 (127.0)|
|B|44.00 (1117.6)|18.13 (460.4)|5.00 (127.0)|
|C|66.50 (1689.1)|18.13 (460.4)|6.25 (158.8)|



## **Residential Loadcenters—NEMA Type 3R Outdoor** 

|**Box Size**|**Height**|**Width**|**Depth**|
|---|---|---|---|
|B1R|16.75 (425.5)|14.31 (363.5)|5.19 (131.8)|
|B2R|18.75 (476.3)|14.31 (363.5)|5.19 (131.8)|
|C3R|25.00 (635.0)|14.31 (363.5)|5.19 (131.8)|
|D1R|29.13 (739.8)|14.31 (363.5)|5.19 (131.8)|
|G1R|34.13 (866.8)|14.31 (363.5)|5.19 (131.8)|
|L1R|39.00 (990.6)|14.31 (363.5)|5.19 (131.8)|
|L2R|45.00 (1143.0)|14.31 (363.5)|5.19 (131.8)|
|L3R|48.75 (1238.2)|14.31 (363.5)|5.19 (131.8)|
|2R|8.63 (219.1)|5.00 (127.0)|3.50 (88.9)|
|3R|9.44 (239.7)|4.50 (114.3)|3.00 (76.2)|
|4R|13.00 (330.2)|11.00 (279.4)|3.56 (90.5)|
|5R|9.44 (239.7)|4.50 (114.3)|3.00 (76.2)|
|6R|11.75 (298.5)|6.50 (165.1)|4.50 (114.3)|
|7R|13.00 (330.2)|11.00 (279.4)|3.56 (90.5)|
|8R|27.00 (685.8)|10.50 (266.7)|4.75 (120.7)|
|9R|14.25 (362.0)|6.50 (165.1)|4.00 (101.6)|
|C1R|21.00 (533.4)|14.31 (363.5)|5.19 (131.8)|



## **ECC Unit Enclosures—NEMA Type 1 Indoor** 

|**Height**|**Width**|**Depth**|
|---|---|---|
|23.25 (590.6)|8.88 (225.4)|4.50 (114.3)|



## **ECC Unit Enclosures—NEMA Type 3R Outdoor** 

|**Height**|**Width**|**Depth**|
|---|---|---|
|23.68 (601.7)|9.31 (236.5)|5.44 (138.1)|



**Volume 1—Residential and Light Commercial** CA08100002E—April 2017 www.eaton.com 

**V1-T1-67** 

Loadcenters and Circuit Breakers 

## 1.2 

Type BR Loadcenters and Circuit Breakers 

## Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) **1** 

## _**Residential Loadcenter Knockouts**_ 

## **Knockouts for Box Sizes A1, B1, B2, C1, C2, C4, D1, G1, L1, L2, B1R, B2R, C1R, C3R, D1R, G1R, L1R, L2R** 

|**Code**|**Diameter**|||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|A|0.50 (12.7)|0.75 (19.1)|—|—|—|
|B<br>C|0.50 (12.7)<br>0.50 (12.7)|—<br>1.25 (31.8)|—<br>1.50 (38.1)|—<br>2.00 (50.8)|—<br>2.50 (63.5)|
|D|1.25 (31.8)|1.25 (31.8)|2.00 (50.8)|2.50 (63.5)|—|
|E|0.50 (12.7)|0.75 (19.1)|1.00 (25.4)|—|—|
|F|0.50 (12.7)|0.75 (19.1)|1.00 (25.4)|1.50 (38.1)|2.00 (50.8)|
|G<br>H|1.25 (31.8)<br>0.50 (12.7)|1.50 (38.1)<br>0.75 (19.1)|2.00 (50.8)<br>1.00 (25.4)|—<br>1.25 (31.8)|—<br>1.50 (38.1)|
|I|1.00 (25.4)|1.25 (31.8)|1.50 (38.1)|2.00 (50.8)|2.50 (63.5)|
|J|1.00 (25.4)|1.25 (31.8)|1.50 (38.1)|—|—|



## **Residential NEMA Type 1 Indoor and NEMA Type 3R Outdoor Enclosures** 

**==> picture [101 x 258] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
2.06 (52.3) Dia.<br>(125A Max.)3.06 (77.7) Dia. Hub<br>(225A Max.)<br>D B D E E E D D<br>.45 (11.4) Dia. KO .45 (11.4) Dia. KO<br>AE AB BBB BB I BB BBB H AA<br>Outdoor Boxes<br>B1R, B2R, C1R, C3R, D1R,<br>G1R, L1R, L2R<br>B B B A B J B E B B B<br>J J<br>A A<br>B<br>B B<br>B B<br>B B B<br>J A E<br>J J J<br>B B B E B J B A B B B<br>Indoor Boxes<br>A1<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


**==> picture [93 x 272] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
.45 (11.4) Dia. KO .45 (11.4) Dia. KO<br>AA H BBB BB I BB B BB AB EA<br>E E<br>D D D D<br>E E<br>B A A B<br>B A A B<br>B A A B<br>E E<br>D D D D<br>.45 (11.4) Dia. KO .45 (11.4) Dia. KO<br>AE AB BB B BB I BB B BB H AA<br>Indoor Boxes<br>B1, B2<br>.45 (11.4) Dia. KO .45 (11.4) Dia. KO<br>AA H BBB BB I BB B BB AB EA<br>D D E E D D<br>E E<br>B A A B<br>B A A B<br>B A A B<br>B A A B<br>E E<br>D D D D<br>.45 (11.4) Dia. KO .45 (11.4) Dia. KO<br>AE AB BB B BB I BB B BB H AA<br>Indoor Boxes<br>C1, C2, C4, D1, G1, L1, L2<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


**Volume 1—Residential and Light Commercial** CA08100002E—April 2017 www.eaton.com 

**V1-T1-68** 

Loadcenters and Circuit Breakers 

1.2 

Type BR Loadcenters and Circuit Breakers 

**1** 

Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) 

**Knockouts for Box Sizes 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 9, 2R, 3R, 4R, 5R, 6R, 7R, 8R, 9R** 

|**Code**|**Diameter**||||
|---|---|---|---|---|
|A|0.50 (12.7)|—|—|—|
|B|0.50 (12.7)|0.75 (19.1)|—|—|
|C|0.50 (12.7)|0.75 (19.1)|1.00 (25.4)|—|
|D|0.50 (12.7)|0.75 (19.1)|1.00 (25.4)|1.25 (31.8)|
|E|0.75 (19.1)|1.00 (25.4)|1.25 (31.8)|—|
|F|0.75 (19.1)|1.00 (25.4)|1.25 (31.8)|1.50 (38.1)|
|G|1.00 (25.4)|1.25 (31.8)|1.50 (38.1)|—|
|H|1.00 (25.4)|1.25 (31.8)|1.50 (38.1)|2.00 (50.8)|
|I|1.25 (31.8)|1.50 (38.1)|2.00 (50.8)|—|



## **Residential NEMA Type 1 Indoor and NEMA Type 3R Outdoor Enclosures** 

**==> picture [499 x 343] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
MountingHole for5/16 (7.9)Screw R 1.00–1.25 KO(25.4–31.8) KO.50–.75 F A A Hub AB ADA G AA BA BA<br>(12.7–19.1) E A E A G G B B<br>(161.9)6.38 (60.3)2.38 A B<br>.31 (7.9) D A D D<br>(12.7–25.4–31.8).50–1.00–1.25 .50–.75–1.00(12.7–19.1–25.4) C C G A AA G<br>Box 2, 2R F AA F A AB A A G A A A<br>A D A B B<br>Box 3<br>Box 3R Box 4<br>Hub F A Hub B H B Hub<br>A A A<br>D A F C F F<br>A<br>B B<br>A A<br>G G D D D D D D F F C F D F B D<br>AB A A G A A A F A F A A H A B H B<br>D A B B A A B B<br>Box 4R Box 5 Box 5R Box 6 Box 6R<br>AB ACA G AA BA BA Hub Hub A C A G BA Hub<br>G G B B G G B G<br>B B B<br>AC C B C C B B B<br>G C F G G C F G I C I C G G G G G G<br>A A A G A A A A A A G A A A A A A G C A G C<br>B C A B B B C A B B C B B C B A A B A<br>Box 7 Box 7R Box 8R Box 9 Box 9R<br>A A<br>A<br>I<br>A A<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


**Volume 1—Residential and Light Commercial** CA08100002E—April 2017 www.eaton.com 

**V1-T1-69** 

**1** 

## Loadcenters and Circuit Breakers 

## 1.2 

## Type BR Loadcenters and Circuit Breakers 

## Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) 

## _**Commercial Loadcenter Knockouts**_ 

**NEMA Type 1 Indoor Commercial Enclosures Knockouts for Box Sizes 19, 20, 22, 24** 

|**Code**|**Diameter**||||
|---|---|---|---|---|
|A|0.50 (12.7)|—|—|—|
|B<br>C|0.50 (12.7)<br>0.75 (19.1)|0.75 (19.1)<br>1.00 (25.4)|—<br>1.50 (38.1)|—<br>—|
|D|1.50 (38.1)|2.00 (50.8)|2.50 (63.5)|3.00 (76.2)|
|E|2.00 (50.8)|2.50 (63.5)|3.00 (76.2)|—|
|F|2.50 (63.5)|3.00 (76.2)|3.50 (88.9)|—|



## **NEMA Type 3R Outdoor Commercial Enclosures Knockouts for Box Sizes 42, 43, 46, 47** 

|**Code**|**Diameter**||||
|---|---|---|---|---|
|A|0.50 (12.7)|—|—|—|
|B<br>C|0.50 (12.7)<br>0.75 (19.1)|0.75 (19.1)<br>1.00 (25.4)|—<br>1.25 (31.8)|—<br>—|
|D|1.50 (38.1)|2.00 (50.8)|2.50 (63.5)|—|
|E|2.00 (50.8)|2.50 (63.5)|3.00 (76.2)|—|
|F|2.50 (63.5)|3.00 (76.2)|3.50 (88.9)|—|
|G<br>H|1.25 (31.8)<br>3.25 (82.6) Sq.|1.50 (38.1)<br>—|2.00 (50.8)<br>—|2.50 (63.5)<br>—|



## **Unit Enclosure Knockouts, Types ECB and ECC Knockouts** 

|**Code**|**Diameter**|||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|**NEMA Type**|**1 Indoor (Flush and Surface Trims)**|||||
|A|0.50 (12.7)|—|—|—|—|
|B|1.25 (31.8)|1.50 (38.1)|1.75 (44.5)|2.00 (50.8)|2.50 (63.5)|
|**NEMA Type**<br>A|**3R Outdoor**<br>0.50 (12.7)|—|—|—|—|
|B|1.25 (31.8)|1.50 (38.1)|1.75 (44.5)|2.00 (50.8)|2.50 (63.5)|



## **Indoor Commercial Enclosures** 

**==> picture [223 x 222] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
A<br>E H BBBBB C E H BBBBB C A<br>D D D D E E E E<br>A C BBBBB F E A C BBBBB F E<br>Box 19, 20 Box 22, 24<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


## **Outdoor Commercial Enclosures** 

**==> picture [225 x 211] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
HUB HUB HUB HUB<br>D E E E D<br>D E E E D<br>A C B B B B B G F C B B B B B F E<br>Box 42 A<br>Box 43, 46, 47<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


## **Unit Enclosure Knockouts** 

**==> picture [218 x 108] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
A<br>B HUB<br>B B B<br>B B B B B B<br>B A B A<br>NEMA Type 1—Indoor NEMA Type 3R—Outdoor<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


**Volume 1—Residential and Light Commercial** CA08100002E—April 2017 www.eaton.com 

**V1-T1-70** 

Loadcenters and Circuit Breakers 

1.2 

Type BR Loadcenters and Circuit Breakers 

## **Technical Data and Specifications** 

**1** 

|**General**|**General**|**Ratings**|**Ratings**|C.|Physical means shall be|**Circuit Breakers**|**Circuit Breakers**|
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|A.|The Contractor shall|A.|Loadcenters shall be||provided to prevent the|A.|Circuit breakers shall|
||furnish and install||rated for 120/240 Vac and||installation of more||be molded case type.|
||deadfront loadcenters||shall have short-circuit||overcurrent devices than||Circuit breakers shall|
||incorporating circuit||ratings as shown on the||that number for which||have four-rivet|
||breakers of the number,||drawings or||the enclosure was||construction (GFI Type—|
||rating and type as||as herein scheduled,||designed, rated and||5 rivets). Multipole circuit|
||specified herein and||but not less than||approved. Half-size||breakers shall be of a|
||as shown on the||10,000 amperes rms||breakers shall have a||stack pole design to|
||contract drawings.||symmetrical.||UL listed rejection tab||provide electrical|
|B.|The loadcenter and all<br>components shall be<br>designed, manufactured<br>and tested in accordance<br>with the latest applicable<br>standards of UL, NEMA|B.|Circuit breakers shall be a<br>minimum of 125 A<br>frame. Circuit breakers<br>15 through 125 A trip size<br>shall take up the same<br>pole spacing.||over the line terminals.<br>Loadcenter interiors<br>must have notched stabs<br>to accept these rejection<br>tab class CTL breakers, if<br>required and approved.|B.|phase isolation.<br>Each pole of the<br>circuit breaker will<br>provide inverse time<br>delay overload and<br>instantaneous short-|
|1.<br>C.<br>D.<br>E.|and NEC including:<br>UL 67—Standards<br>for Panelboards.<br>UL 50—Standards for<br>Cabinets and Boxes.<br>UL 489—Standards for<br>Molded Case Circuit<br>Breakers.<br>UL 869—Standards for<br>Service Equipment.|C.|Loadcenters shall be<br>labeled with a UL short-<br>circuit rating. When<br>series combination<br>ratings are applied<br>with integral or remote<br>upstream devices, a label<br>shall be provided. Series<br>combination ratings shall<br>cover all trip ratings of<br>installed frames. It shall<br>state the conditions of|**Bus**<br>A.|Busbars for the main and<br>cross connectors shall be<br>[tin-plated aluminum]<br>[copper] in accordance<br>with Underwriters<br>Laboratories standards.<br>Busing shall be braced<br>throughout to conform to<br>industry standard practice<br>governing short-circuit<br>stresses in loadcenters.|C.|circuit protection by<br>means of both thermal<br>and magnetic sensors.<br>The circuit breaker<br>calibration shall<br>not be affected by<br>environmental changes<br>in relative humidity.<br>The thermal bimetal<br>element shall be welded<br>to the steel frame and<br>calibration shall be set|
|F.|Federal Specification<br>W-C 375B—Circuit<br>Breakers.|1.|the UL series ratings<br>including:<br>Size and type of|**Note:**Note to spec writer—<br>select one (copper available<br>in limited ratings).|||independent of the<br>molded case by computer<br>controlled equipment.|
|G.|Federal Specification<br>W-C P115b—Panel<br>Power Distribution<br>Type 1, Class 2.|2.<br>3.|upstream device.<br>Branch devices that can<br>be used.<br>UL series short|B.|Neutral busing shall<br>have a suitable lug for<br>each outgoing feeder<br>requiring a neutral<br>connection of same|D.|All circuit breakers<br>shall be operated by<br>a toggle-type handle<br>and multipole circuit<br>breakers shall have an|
|**Qualifications**<br>A.<br>The manufacturer of the<br>loadcenter shall be the<br>manufacturer of the<br>circuit breaker within<br>the loadcenter.<br>B.<br>For the equipment<br>specified herein, the<br>manufacturer shall be<br>ISO 9000 certified.||circuit rating.<br>**Construction**<br>A.<br>All interiors, with the<br>exception of the branch<br>circuit breakers, shall<br>be completely factory<br>assembled with main<br>breakers, main lugs,<br>or no main device.||ampacity as branch.<br>**Wiring/Termination**<br>A.<br>All wire connectors and<br>terminals shall be of the<br>anti-turn solderless type<br>and shall be suitable for<br>copper or aluminum wire<br>of the sizes indicated. All<br>connectors must meet<br>the “Requirements for|||internal common trip<br>mechanism. The<br>circuit breakers shall<br>incorporate trip<br>mechanisms that are<br>mechanically trip-free<br>from the handle. The<br>handle position shall<br>provide visual trip<br>indication.|
|||B.|Interiors shall be||Wire Connectors and|E.|Contacts shall be of|
|C.|The manufacturer of<br>this equipment shall have<br>produced similar<br>electrical equipment<br>for a minimum period<br>of seven (7) years.||designed so that circuit<br>breakers can be replaced<br>without disturbing<br>adjacent units and<br>without removing the<br>main bus connectors and|B.|Soldering Lugs” as<br>stated in UL 486B.<br>All loadcenters where<br>marked shall be suitable<br>for use with 60 °C or|F.|non-welding silver alloy.<br>All circuit breakers shall<br>have the trip rating<br>inscribed on the handle<br>on each circuit breaker|
|**Manufacturers**<br>A.<br>Eaton.|||shall be designed so that<br>circuits may be changed<br>without machining,<br>drilling, or tapping.||75 °C rated wire.||pole. Also, unique color-<br>coded cases that indicate<br>the UL listed 10 kA or<br>22 kA interrupting<br>ratings. Breakers shall|
||||||||be able to be used|
||||||||as main or branch|
||||||||disconnect devices.|



**Volume 1—Residential and Light Commercial** CA08100002E—April 2017 www.eaton.com 

**V1-T1-71** 

Loadcenters and Circuit Breakers 

Type BR Loadcenters and Circuit Breakers 

## 1.2 

- G. Branch circuit breakers 

- **1** may also be used in the 1/2-inch (12.7 mm) 

- **1** per pole ratings that include two-pole 1-inch 

- **1** (25.4 mm) wide modules and four-pole 2-inch 

- **1** (50.8 mm) wide modules. Two-pole circuit breakers must 

- **1** incorporate a common trip mechanism. The 

- **1** exclusive CTL rejection tab feature shall be 

- **1** provided to limit the number of branch devices for a loadcenter 

- **1** to 42, in compliance with NEC Article 384.15. 

- K. Breakers shall be SWD rated and/or HACR rated as required. 

   - C. The deadfront shall have an easy adjustment feature for flush applications. 

- L. Arc Fault Interrupting circuit breakers, (AFI), shall be provided on all 15 and 20 A single-phase 120/240 Vac circuits except those indicated as remote controlled breakers. AFI breakers shall be “Classified for mitigating the effects of arcing faults,” or conforming to UL Standard 1699 and as defined by Article 210.12 Section A of the 1999 NEC Code. 

- **Surge Protection Devices** See Volume 1, Tab 2 for complete details on surge protection. **Enclosures** A. Loadcenter shall have NEMA Type 1 general purpose or NEMA Type 3R rainproof enclosures as indicated on the drawings and shall be surface or combination flush/surface mounted except where noted. 

   - D. Boxes shall be factory assembled into a single rigid structure. 

   - E. Unless otherwise noted on drawings, hinged doors covering all circuit breaker handles shall be included in all trims. Trim doors shall not uncover any live parts in making the circuit breaker handles accessible. If key locks are required, all locks shall be keyed alike. 

- H. Circuit breakers shall be completely enclosed in a molded case of thermoset material. No internal aluminum parts shall be used. All internal ferrous parts shall be plated to prevent corrosion. 

- F. Combination trims for 

- in a molded case of See Volume 1, Tab 2 for flush and surface panels thermoset material. complete details on shall be flat and shall No internal aluminum surge protection. overlap the box by at parts shall be used. All **Enclosures** least 5/8-inch (15.9 mm) internal ferrous parts A. Loadcenter shall have all around. Trims shall shall be plated to NEMA Type 1 general be mounted by a prevent corrosion. purpose or NEMA Type screwdriver without the 

- I. All terminals shall be 3R rainproof enclosures need for special tools. as indicated on the 

- listed for use with copper **Finish** or aluminum conductors. drawings and shall be A. Trims shall be bonderized surface or combination 

- Terminals shall be of the flush/surface mounted and finished with a light box lug or clamp type gray ANSI-61 enamel. except where noted. 

- design. The terminals The paint finish shall be shall meet UL 486B B. Boxes shall be made of a type to which field requirements and shall from galvanized sheet applied paint will adhere. be suitable for use with steel having multiple either 60 °C or **Factory Testing** knockouts. Rainproof 

- 75 °C wire. boxes shall use A. The standard factory tests shall be performed 

- J. The calibrated bimetal galvanized steel or on the equipment an approved coating 

- assembly shall be provided under this system which meets or 

- mechanically isolated section. All tests shall exceeds standards for 

- from the load terminal be in accordance with outdoor NEMA Type 3R 

- using a flexible braided the latest version of UL enclosures. Boxes shall 

- copper shunt wire, such and NEMA. be of sufficient size to 

- that movement of the provide at least a 

- terminals due to twisting minimum code gutter 

- and overtorquing does not affect breaker space on all sides. calibration. 

**Volume 1—Residential and Light Commercial** CA08100002E—April 2017 www.eaton.com 

**V1-T1-72** 

Loadcenters and Circuit Breakers 

1.2 

Type BR Loadcenters and Circuit Breakers 

## **Type BR Retrofit Interior** 

## **Contents—BR Specialty Products** 

**1** 

**==> picture [244 x 113] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
|||
|---|---|
|Description|Page|
|Overview  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|V1-T1-42|
|BR Specialty Products|
|BR Quick Connect Neutral Loadcenters  . . . . .|V1-T1-57|
|Spa Panels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|V1-T1-58|
|Riser Panel. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|V1-T1-59|
|Type BR Renovation Loadcenter . . . . . . . . . . .|V1-T1-60|
|Type BR Mechanical Interlock Kits. . . . . . . . . .|V1-T1-62|
|Type BR Retrofit Interior Kits|
|BR Circuit Breakers. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|V1-T1-76|

**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


_**Type BR Retrofit Adjustable Interior**_ 

_**Type BR Retrofit Interior Collar and Assembly with Trim**_ 

## **Type BR Retrofit Interior Kits** 

## **Product Description** 

Eaton’s unique Retrofit Interior allows the customer to cost-effectively and safely upgrade an electrical service without removing the existing enclosure from the wall. 

## _**Quick-Pro[SM]**_ 

All you need to know to save Pro time and make more money. Specified on certain Eaton products, the Quick-Pro symbol allows for immediate recognition of products that are designed for straightforward installation. When you see Quick-Pro, you know you can install quickly—sometimes up to 50% less than the usual installation time—and move on to your next job. 

## **Features and Benefits** 

## **Application Description** 

The Retrofit Interior is designed and tested specifically for renovating an outdated electrical panel in an apartment, a condominium or a single family home. These outdated panels are being recognized by local inspectors and other authorities as a possible hazard. 

## _**Upgrading Existing Electrical Infrastructure Is Simple**_ 

- Replaces vintage brands that have hard to find, expensive replacement breakers 

- Safety upgrade to arc fault and ground fault breakers to meet current electrical codes 

- Maximizes number of circuits available with compact design 

## _**Opportunities to Retrofit**_ 

- Single- or three-phase 

- Main lug only or main breaker 

   - Eco-friendly in asbestosfilled environments 

- Up to 42 circuits 

   - Exclusive design 

- Up to 225 A interiors, 400 A available upon request 

## _**Save Time and Money Throughout the Installation**_ 

   - Uses existing panel box and wires 

- Available with CH breakers (3/4-inch) with copper bus box and wires or BR breakers (1-inch) with ● Eliminates expensive and aluminum bus time-consuming drywall/ 

- ● The minimum lifetime paint repair 

- The minimum lifetime warranty for residential breakers shall be as follows: 

   - Saves 2–3 hours of installation time compared to a complete panel changeout 

- 10-year warranty on all BR branch breakers and loadcenters 

   - Eliminates precise measurements with fieldadjustable kit 

- Refer to Eaton for complete warranty details 

## _**Detailed Product Guide**_ 

All standard retrofit kits are suitable for a range of existing box sizes: 

- Box width ranging from 14.50 to 22.00 inches (368.3 to 558.8 mm) 

- Box depth ranging from 4.00 inches (101.6 mm) for BR 

- Box height ranging from 21.00 to 45.00 inches (533.4 to 1143.0 mm) 

For box dimensions outside of these ranges, contact the Lincoln Flex Center at 800-330-6479. Be sure to provide the existing incoming line wire size. 

## **Standards and Certifications** 

- Meets 2008/2011/2014 NEC wire bending requirements 

- UL 67 Listed (for UL listings for specific part numbers, see the table on the following page. 

**Volume 1—Residential and Light Commercial** CA08100002E—April 2017 www.eaton.com 

**V1-T1-73** 

Loadcenters and Circuit Breakers 

1.2 

Type BR Loadcenters and Circuit Breakers 

**1** 

## **BR Specialty Product Selection** 

To select the retrofit kit: 

1. From the existing box size determine which retrofit groups are suitable (may be more than one). 

1. From the existing box 4. Note that the overlap size determine which of the existing wall is retrofit groups are the retro cover size suitable (may be more minus the existing than one). box size. If specific measurements are 

2. Use type of interior, needed, communicate number of phases, and that you need a custom 

type of main to find the trim size. selection chart. 

5. Contact the Lincoln Flex 

3. Select part number from Center at 800-330-6479 chart (if main breaker, for pricing, lead-times, 

replace XXX with specific and order entry 

amp rating). instructions. 

## _**How to Order:**_ 

1. Measure the existing panel enclosure to determine appropriate kits for your project. 

2. Match the existing dimensions with the table below to obtain the correct catalog number. 

3. Order your retrofit kit from a local Eaton authorized distributor. 

Need assistance or can’t find retrofit to fit existing enclosure? 

Call Eaton’s Residential Flex Center at 1-800-330-6479 or email for all your retrofit needs. Go to www.eaton.com/eccn to locate an Eaton Certified Contractor. 

## **Retrofit Interior Kit Specifications** 

Five recommended groups: existing box height determines retro group size. Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm). 

|||**Existing Enclosure Parameters—Inches (mm)**|**Existing Enclosure Parameters—Inches (mm)**|**Existing Enclosure Parameters—Inches (mm)**||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|**Catalog**||**Minimum**|**Maximum**|**Minimum**|**Minimum**|||||**Spaces /**|**UL 67**|
|**Number**1|**Cover**2|**Depth**|**Depth**|**Width**|**Height**|**Phase**|**Main**|**Bus**|**Amperes**3|**Circuits**|**Listed**|
|**BR Retrofit Interiors and Covers**||||||||||||
|**RTBR8L100P**|**CRTBR8ML******|3.13 (79.5)|3.63 (92.2)|10.50 (266.7)|13.00 (330.2)|Single|MLO|BR|100|16|Yes|
|**RUBR8L100_**|**CRUBR8ML******|3.75 (95.3)|6.00 (152.4)|10.50 (266.7)|13.00 (330.2)|Single|MLO|BR|100|16|Yes|
|**RTBR12L100P**<br>**RTBR10B100P**|**CRTBR12ML******<br>**CRTBR12ML******|3.13 (79.5)<br>3.13 (79.5)|3.63 (92.2)<br>3.63 (92.2)|10.50 (266.7)<br>10.50 (266.7)|14.50 (368.3)<br>14.50 (368.3)|Single<br>Single|MLO<br>MLO|BR<br>BR|100<br>100|24<br>20|Yes<br>Yes|
|**RUBR12L100_**<br>**RUBR10B100_**|**CRUBR12ML******<br>**CRUBR12ML******|3.75 (95.3)<br>3.75 (95.3)|6.00 (152.4)<br>6.00 (152.4)|10.50 (266.7)<br>10.50 (266.7)|14.50 (368.3)<br>14.50 (368.3)|Single<br>Single|MLO<br>MB|BR<br>BR|100<br>100|24<br>20|Yes<br>Yes|
|**RTBR12L125P**<br>**RTBR10B125P**|**CRTBR12ML******<br>**CRTBR12ML******|3.13 (79.5)<br>3.13 (79.5)|3.63 (92.2)<br>3.63 (92.2)|11.00 (279.4)<br>11.00 (279.4)|17.00 (431.8)<br>17.00 (431.8)|Single<br>Single|MLO<br>MB|BR<br>BR|125<br>125|24<br>20|Yes<br>Yes|
|**RUBR12L125_**<br>**RUBR10B125_**|**CRUBR12ML******<br>**CRUBR12ML******|3.75 (95.3)<br>3.75 (95.3)|6.00 (152.4)<br>6.00 (152.4)|11.00 (279.4)<br>11.00 (279.4)|17.00 (431.8)<br>17.00 (431.8)|Single<br>Single|MLO<br>MB|BR<br>BR|125<br>125|24<br>20|Yes<br>Yes|
|**RABR20B125_**<br>**RABR20L125_**|**CRABR20ML******<br>**CRABR20ML******|3.75 (95.3)<br>3.75 (95.3)|6.00 (152.4)<br>6.00 (152.4)|13.00 (330.2)<br>13.00 (330.2)|21.00 (533.4)<br>21.00 (533.4)|Single<br>Single|MCB<br>MLO|BR<br>BR|125<br>125|24<br>24|No<br>No|
|**RBBR20B200_**|**CRBBR20BW******|3.75 (95.3)|6.00 (152.4)|13.00 (330.2)|29.00 (736.6)|Single|MLO|BR|200|40|No|
|**RCBR40L200_**|**CRCBR40ML******|3.75 (95.3)|6.00 (152.4)|13.00 (330.2)|34.00 (863.6)|Single|MLO|BR|200|40|No|
|**RDBR40B200_**|**CRDBR40BW******|3.75 (95.3)|6.00 (152.4)|13.00 (330.2)|37.00 (939.8)|Single|MLO|BR|200|40|No|



## _**Notes**_ 

- 1 Catalog numbers shown with "_" at the end need one of the following suffixes to denote depth: J = 3.75–4.25 

- K = 4.25–5.00 

L = 5.00–6.00 

Example: RTBR12L125J would signify an interior set with a depth range of 3.75 to 4.25 inches. 

> 2 ****Denotes characters in the catalog number that relate to overall cover size. Example: CRTBR12ML2620 would signify a cover 26.00 inches H x 20.00 inches W. 

> 3 Amperes for MB panels is maximum; catalog number will reflect actual amperage of breaker included. 

For UL applications, maximum cover sizes may apply. 

**Volume 1—Residential and Light Commercial** CA08100002E—April 2017 www.eaton.com 

**V1-T1-74** 

Loadcenters and Circuit Breakers 

1.2 

Type BR Loadcenters and Circuit Breakers 

## _**Complete Assembly**_ 

**Note:** For complete assembly, interior and cover need to be ordered separately. 

## **Adjustable Interior** 

- Factory installed ground and neutral bars positioned to accept existing wires 

## **Standard Trim and Collar** 

- Standard trim matches new interior 

- New circuit directory for updated labeling 

- Oversized collar eliminates expensive wall/paint repair 

**1** 

- Field adjustable depth matches existing panel box 

- Adjustable height enables optional placement of the interior 

- Field bondable for service entrance options 

_**Adjustable Interior**_ 

_**Collar and Assembly with Trim**_ 

**Volume 1—Residential and Light Commercial** CA08100002E—April 2017 www.eaton.com 

**V1-T1-75** 

1.2 

## Loadcenters and Circuit Breakers 

Type BR Loadcenters and Circuit Breakers 

## **1** 

## **BR Circuit Breakers** 

## **Contents** 

|**Contents**||
|---|---|
|**_Description_**|**_Page_**|
|Overview  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V1-T1-42**|
|BR Specialty Products||
|BR Quick Connect Neutral Loadcenters  . . . . .|**V1-T1-57**|
|Spa Panels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V1-T1-58**|
|Riser Panel. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V1-T1-59**|
|Type BR Renovation Loadcenter . . . . . . . . . . .|**V1-T1-60**|
|Type BR Mechanical Interlock Kits. . . . . . . . . .|**V1-T1-62**|
|Type BR Retrofit Interior Kits . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V1-T1-73**|
|BR Circuit Breakers||
|Product Selection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V1-T1-77**|
|Circuit Breaker Accessories. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V1-T1-85**|
|Wiring Diagrams  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V1-T1-87**|



## **BR Circuit Breakers** 

## **Product Description** 

## _**Plug-On Branch Feeder Type Arc Fault Circuit Breakers, Type BR—10 kAIC, 120 Vac and 120/240 Vac**_ 

A branch feeder type arc fault circuit interrupter is a device intended to mitigate high current arcing faults in the complete circuit, including connected cords. High current arcing faults can occur from line to neutral or line to ground. These arcing faults are in parallel with the load and produce the most energy of all arcing faults. 

The branch feeder type AFCI is required in the 1999 and 2002 National Electrical Code. 

The Combination Type AFCI is required in the 2005, 2008, and 2011 National Electrical Code. 

## _**Plug-On Combination Type Arc Fault Circuit Breakers, Type BR—10 kAIC, 120 Vac and 120/240 Vac**_ 

A combination type arc fault circuit interrupter is a device that includes all of the protection offered by the branch feeder AFCI (mitigation of high current arcing faults in the complete circuit, including connected cords). In addition it provides direct detection of persistent low current arcing faults down to 5 amps with associated mitigation of fire hazards in the cords connected to the outlets. High current arcing faults can occur from line to neutral or line to ground. These arcing faults are in parallel with the load and produce the most energy of all arcing faults. The current level of low current arcing faults is limited by the load. 

## _**Plug-On Ground Fault Circuit Breakers, Type GFTCB and GFEP—10/22 kAIC, 120 Vac and 120/240 Vac**_ 

## **Ground Fault Application Notes** 

Single-pole GFTCBs are designed for use in twowire, 120 Vac circuits. See **Page V1-T1-87** for a typical wiring configuration. 

Two-pole GFTCBs are designed for use in threewire, 120/240 Vac circuits, 120 Vac multiwire circuits employing common, neutral and two-wire, 240 Vac circuits obtained from a 120/240 Vac source. 

**Page V1-T1-87** shows typical 

wiring configurations for a 120/240 Vac multiwire circuits, and a 240 Vac, twowire circuit. Note the “panel neutral” conductor connects to the neutral bar, even though the neutral is not included in the load circuit. This connection is necessary to supply a 120 Vac power source to the ground fault sensing circuit. 

The figures are shown with a 120/240 Vac, single-phase, three-wire power source, but are also applicable to a 120/208 Vac, three-phase, four-wire power supply. For all figures, the electrical operation of the GFTCB is not affected by the equipment ground. 

## _**Non-CTL Plug-On Replacement —Circuit Breakers, Type BRD— 10 kAIC, 120/240 Vac**_ 

## **Non-CTL 10 kAIC for Replacement** 

## **Purposes Only** 

For replacement in enclosures manufactured prior to 1968 with unnotched stabs. Circuit breakers do not have rejection tab. 

**Volume 1—Residential and Light Commercial** CA08100002E—April 2017 www.eaton.com 

**V1-T1-76** 

1.2 

Type BR Loadcenters and Circuit Breakers 

## Loadcenters and Circuit Breakers 

## **Product Selection** 

**1** 

## _**Plug-On Circuit Breakers, Types BR—10/22/42 kAIC, 120 Vac, 120/240 Vac and 240 Vac**_ 

## **Type BR Breakers, 1-Inch (25.4 mm) per Pole 120/240, 10, 22 and 42 kAIC** 

|**BR120**|**Type BR Breakers, 1-Inch (25.4 mm) per Pole 120/240, 10, 22 and 42 kAIC**|**Type BR Breakers, 1-Inch (25.4 mm) per Pole 120/240, 10, 22 and 42 kAIC**|**Type BR Breakers, 1-Inch (25.4 mm) per Pole 120/240, 10, 22 and 42 kAIC**|**Type BR Breakers, 1-Inch (25.4 mm) per Pole 120/240, 10, 22 and 42 kAIC**|**Type BR Breakers, 1-Inch (25.4 mm) per Pole 120/240, 10, 22 and 42 kAIC**|**Type BR Breakers, 1-Inch (25.4 mm) per Pole 120/240, 10, 22 and 42 kAIC**||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
||||||**Two-Pole 120/240 Vac**|**Two-Pole 120/240 Vac**||||
|(\v‘=|||**Single-Pole 120/240 Vac**<br>**Requires One 1-Inch (25.4 mm) Space**<br>**10 per Shelf Carton**<br>**10 kAIC**<br>**22 kAIC**||**Common Trip Requires Two**<br>**1-Inch (25.4 mm) Spaces**<br>**5 per Shelf Carton**<br>**10 kAIC**<br>**22 kAIC**||**42 kAIC**||**65 kAIC**|
||**Ampere**|**Wire Size Range**|**Catalog**|**Catalog**|**Catalog**|**Catalog**|**Catalog**||**Catalog**|
||**Rating**|**Cu/Al 60 °C or 75 °C**|**Number**|**Number**|**Number**|**Number**|**Number**||**Number**|
|**BR215**|10|#14–4|**BR110**|**—**|**BR210**|**—**|**—**||**—**|
||15|#14–4|**BR115**12|**BRH115**|**BR215**3|**BRH215**|**—**||**—**|
||20|#14–4|**BR120**12|**BRH120**|**BR220**3|**BRH220**|**—**||**—**|
||25|#14–4|**BR125**|**BRH125**|**BR225**3|**BRH225**|**—**||**—**|
||30|#14–4|**BR130**|**BRH130**|**BR230**3|**BRH230**|**—**||**—**|
||35|#14–4|**BR135**|**BRH135**|**BR235**3|**BRH235**|**—**||**—**|
||40|#14–4|**BR140**|**BRH140**|**BR240**3|**BRH240**3|**—**||**—**|
|**BR320**|45|#14–4|**—**|**BRH145**|**BR245**3|**BRH245**|**—**||**—**|
||50|#14–4|**BR150**|**BRH150**|**BR250**3|**BRH250**3|**—**||**—**|
||55|#14–3|**BR150**|**BRH155**|**BR255**|**BRH255**|**—**||**—**|
||60|#8–1/0|**BR160**|**BRH160**|**BR260**|**BRH260**|**BRHH260**||**BRX260**|
||70|#8–1/0|**BR170**|**BRH170**|**BR270**|**BRH270**|**BRHH270**||**BRX270**|
||80|#8–1/0|**—**|**—**|**BR280**|**BRH280**|**BRHH280**||**BRX280**|
|**BRH2100**|90|#8–1/0|**—**|**—**|**BR290**|**BRH290**|**BRHH290**||**BRX290**|
||100|#8–1/0|**—**|**—**|**BR2100**|**BRH2100**|**BRHH2100**||**BRX2100**|
||110|#8–1/0|**—**|**—**|**BR2110**|**BRH2110**|**BRHH2110**||**BRX2110**|
||125|#4–2/0|**—**|**—**|**BR2125**|**BRH2125**|**BRHH2125**||**BRX2125**|
||150|#4–2/0|**—**|**—**|**BR2150**4|**—**|**—**||**—**|



**BRX2125** 

## _**Notes**_ 

- 1   One pole, 1-inch (25.4 mm) per pole circuit breakers are available with high magnetic setting for switching large tungsten lamp loads. Add suffix H to catalog number. 2   Switching duty rated. 

3   On the black handle breaker, add suffix “B” to the catalog number to obtain a tapped molded opening for proper use with hold-down kits. 

- 4   For use as a branch circuit breaker in 400 and 600 ampere panels only. 

All Type BR single-, two- and three-pole circuit breakers carry listing for HACR application. For circuit breakers with a shunt trip, add ST suffix. 

**Volume 1—Residential and Light Commercial** CA08100002E—April 2017 www.eaton.com 

**V1-T1-77** 

Loadcenters and Circuit Breakers 

1.2 

Type BR Loadcenters and Circuit Breakers 

**1** 

## **BR Breakers** 

## **Type BR Breakers, 1-Inch (25.4 mm) per Pole 240 Vac, 10, 22 and 42 kAIC** 

|||**Three-Pole 240 Vac**|||
|---|---|---|---|---|
|**Ampere**|**Wire Size Range**|**Common Trip Requires Three**<br>**1-Inch (25.4 mm) Spaces**<br>**5 per Shelf Carton**<br>**10 kAIC**|**22 kAIC**||
|**Rating**|**Cu/Al 60 °C or 75 °C**|**Catalog Number**|**Catalog Number**||
|10|#14–4|**BR310**|**—**||
|15<br>20|#14–4<br>#14–4|**BR315**1<br>**BR320**1|**BRH315**<br>**BRH320**||
|25|#14–4|**BR325**|**BRH325**||
|30|#14–4|**BR330**|**BRH330**||
|35|#14–4|**BR335**|**BRH335**||
|40|#14–4|**BR340**|**BRH340**||
|45|#14–4|**BR345**|**BRH345**||
|50|#14–4|**BR350**|**BRH350**||
|55|#14–3|**BR355**|**BRH355**||
|60|#4–1/0|**BR360**|**BRH360**||
|70|#4–1/0|**BR370**|**BRH370**||
|80|#4–1/0|**BR380**|**BRH380**||
|90<br>100|#4–1/0<br>#4–1/0|**BR390**<br>**BR3100**|**BRH390**<br>**BRH3100**||



## _**Plug-On Branch Feeder Type Arc Fault Circuit Breakers, Type BR—10 kAIC, 120 Vac and 120/240 Vac**_ 

**Type BR AFCI Circuit Breaker** 

## **Type BR, 1-Inch (25.4 mm) Wide FIRE-GUARD AFCI Circuit Breakers** 

||**Ampere**<br>**Catalog**|
|---|---|
|**Poles**<br>Single-pole<br>10 kAIC<br>Single-pole<br>22 kAIC<br>Two-pole<br>10 kAIC34|**Rating**<br>**Configuration**<br>**Number**<br>15<br>AFCI<br>**BR115AF**2<br>20<br>AFCI<br>**BR120AF**2<br>15<br>AFCI<br>**BRH115AF**<br>20<br>AFCI<br>**BRH120AF**<br>15<br>AFCI Common Trip<br>**BRL215AF**<br>20<br>AFCI Common Trip<br>**BRL220AF**<br>~~OO~~|



## _**Notes**_ 

1   One pole, 1-inch (25.4 mm) per pole circuit breakers are available with high magnetic setting for switching large tungsten lamp loads. Add suffix H to catalog number. 

- 2   Clamshell packaging available with CS modification code on the end of catalog number. 

> 3   Common trip refers to two-pole 240 V load application sourced by 120/240 Vac (see **Page V1-T1-87** ). 

> 4   Independent trip refers to two-pole multi-wire, home run or shared neutral circuits (see **Pages V1-T1-87** and **V1-T1-88** ). 

All Type BR single-, two- and three-pole circuit breakers carry listing for HACR application. For circuit breakers with a shunt trip, add ST suffix. 

**Volume 1—Residential and Light Commercial** CA08100002E—April 2017 www.eaton.com 

**V1-T1-78** 

Loadcenters and Circuit Breakers 

1.2 

Type BR Loadcenters and Circuit Breakers 

## _**Plug-On, Dual Purpose Arc Fault/ Ground Fault Circuit Breakers, Type BR—10 kAIC, 120 Vac**_ 

**1** 

**BRLAFGF115 Type BR, 1-Inch (25.4 mm) wide Dual Purpose AF/GF Circuit Breakers**[12] 

|**Poles**<br>Single-pole<br>10 kAIC|**Ampere**<br>**Rating**<br>15<br>20|**Configuration**<br>Combination AFCI GFCI<br>Combination AFCI GFCI|**Catalog**<br>**Number**<br>**BRLAFGF115**<br>**BRLAFGF120**|
|---|---|---|---|



## _**Plug-On Combination Type Arc Fault Circuit Breakers, Type BR—10 kAIC, 120 Vac and 120/240 Vac**_ 

**BRCAF115 Type BR, 1-Inch (25.4 mm) wide FIRE-GUARD Combination Type AFCI Circuit Breakers** 

||**Ampere**||**Catalog**|
|---|---|---|---|
|**Poles**|**Rating**|**Configuration**|**Number**|
|Single-pole|15|AFCI|**BRCAF115**3|
|10 kAIC||Diagnostic AFCI|**BRACAF115**|
||20|AFCI|**BRCAF120**3|
|||Diagnostic AFCI|**BRACAF120**|
|Single-pole|15|AFCI|**BRHCAF115**3|
|22 kAIC|20|AFCI|**BRHCAF120**3|
|Two-pole|15|AFCI|**BRL215CAF**|
|10 kAIC|20|AFCI|**BRL220CAF**|



## _**Plug-On Ground Fault Circuit Breakers, Type GFTCB and GFEP—10/22 kAIC, 120 Vac and 120/240 Vac**_ 

**Type GFTCB Single-Pole Type GFTCB Ground Fault Circuit Breakers—5 Milliampere— 1-Inch (25.4 mm) per Pole 120 Vac or 120/240 Vac, 10 kAIC** 

**Type GFTCB Two-Pole** 

|||**Single-Pole 120 Vac**|**Two-Pole 120/240 Vac**|
|---|---|---|---|
|||**Requires One**|**Common Trip Requires Two**|
|||**1-Inch (25.4 mm) Space**|**1-Inch (25.4 mm) Spaces**|
|**Ampere**|**Wire Size Range**|**1 per Shelf Carton**|**1 per Shelf Carton**|
|**Rating**<br>15|**Cu/Al 60 °C or 75 °C**<br>#14–4|**Catalog Number**4<br>**GFTCB115**|**Catalog Number**<br>**GFTCB215**|
|20|#14–4|**GFTCB120**|**GFTCB220**|
|25|#14–4|**GFTCB125**|**GFTCB225**|
|30|#14–4|**GFTCB130**|**GFTCB230**|
|40|#14–4|**GFTCB140**|**GFTCB240**|
|50|#14–4|**—**|**GFTCB250**5|
|60|#14–6|**—**|**GFTCB260**|



## _**Notes**_ 

- 1   Breaker qualifies as combination arc fault, per UL 1699. 

- 2   Breaker qualifies as personnel protection ground fault, (5 mA) per UL 943. 

3   Clamshell packaging available with CS modification code on the end of catalog number. 

> 4   Available with bell alarm or auxiliary switch. See circuit breaker accessories on **Page V1-T1-85** . 

- 5   For use with copper wire only. 

**Volume 1—Residential and Light Commercial** CA08100002E—April 2017 www.eaton.com 

**V1-T1-79** 

Loadcenters and Circuit Breakers 

1.2 

Type BR Loadcenters and Circuit Breakers 

## **1** 

**Type GFTCBH Ground Fault Breakers—5 Milliampere— 1-Inch (25.4 mm) per Pole 120 Vac or 120/240 Vac, 22 kAIC** 

|||**Single-Pole 120 Vac**|**Two-Pole 120/240 Vac**|
|---|---|---|---|
|||**Requires One**|**Common Trip Requires Two**|
|||**1-Inch (25.4 mm) Space**|**1-Inch (25.4 mm) Spaces**|
|**Ampere**|**Wire Size Range**|**1 per Shelf Carton**|**1 per Shelf Carton**|
|**Rating**|**Cu/Al 60 °C or 75 °C**|**Catalog Number**|**Catalog Number**|
|15|#14–4|**GFTCBH115**|**GFTCBH215**|
|20|#14–4|**GFTCBH120**|**GFTCBH220**|
|25|#14–4|**GFTCBH125**|**GFTCBH225**|
|30|#14–4|**GFTCBH130**|**GFTCBH230**|



**Type GFEP Ground Fault Equipment Protectors—30 Milliampere— 1-Inch (25.4 mm) per Pole 120 Vac or 120/240 Vac, 10 kAIC** 

|||**Single-Pole 120 Vac**|**Two-Pole 120/240 Vac**|
|---|---|---|---|
|||**Requires One**|**Common Trip Requires Two**|
|||**1-Inch (25.4 mm) Space**|**1-Inch (25.4 mm) Space**|
|**Ampere**|**Wire Size Range**|**1 per Shelf Carton**|**1 per Shelf Carton**|
|**Rating**|**Cu/Al 60 °C or 75 °C**|**Catalog Number**|**Catalog Number**|
|15|#14–4|**GFEP115**|**GFEP215**|
|20|#14–4|**GFEP120**|**GFEP220**|
|25|#14–4|**GFEP125**|**GFEP225**|
|30|#14–4|**GFEP130**|**GFEP230**|
|40|#14–4|**—**|**GFEP240**|
|50|#14–4|**—**|**GFEP250**1|



## _**Note**_ 

1   For use with copper wire only. 

**Volume 1—Residential and Light Commercial** CA08100002E—April 2017 www.eaton.com 

**V1-T1-80** 

Loadcenters and Circuit Breakers 

1.2 

Type BR Loadcenters and Circuit Breakers 

**1** 

## _**CTL Plug-On Circuit Breakers, Type BD Duplex, BQ and BQC Quadplex—10 kAIC, 120/240 Vac**_ 

**Class CTL, 1-Inch (25.4 mm) per Pole 10 kAIC—All Circuit Breakers Have Rejection Tab Feature** 

|**BD2020**|**Class CTL, 1-Inch (25.4 mm) per Pole 10 kAIC—All Circuit Breakers Have Rejection Tab Feature**|**Class CTL, 1-Inch (25.4 mm) per Pole 10 kAIC—All Circuit Breakers Have Rejection Tab Feature**|**Class CTL, 1-Inch (25.4 mm) per Pole 10 kAIC—All Circuit Breakers Have Rejection Tab Feature**|**Class CTL, 1-Inch (25.4 mm) per Pole 10 kAIC—All Circuit Breakers Have Rejection Tab Feature**|**Class CTL, 1-Inch (25.4 mm) per Pole 10 kAIC—All Circuit Breakers Have Rejection Tab Feature**|**Class CTL, 1-Inch (25.4 mm) per Pole 10 kAIC—All Circuit Breakers Have Rejection Tab Feature**|**Class CTL, 1-Inch (25.4 mm) per Pole 10 kAIC—All Circuit Breakers Have Rejection Tab Feature**|**Class CTL, 1-Inch (25.4 mm) per Pole 10 kAIC—All Circuit Breakers Have Rejection Tab Feature**|**Class CTL, 1-Inch (25.4 mm) per Pole 10 kAIC—All Circuit Breakers Have Rejection Tab Feature**|**Class CTL, 1-Inch (25.4 mm) per Pole 10 kAIC—All Circuit Breakers Have Rejection Tab Feature**|**Class CTL, 1-Inch (25.4 mm) per Pole 10 kAIC—All Circuit Breakers Have Rejection Tab Feature**|**Class CTL, 1-Inch (25.4 mm) per Pole 10 kAIC—All Circuit Breakers Have Rejection Tab Feature**||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
||**Type BD Duplex**|||**Type BQ Quadplex Independent Trip**|||||**Type BQ Quadplex Independent Trip**||**Type BQ Quadplex Independent Trip**|**Type BQ Quadplex Independent Trip**||
||**(UL Type BRD)**|||**(UL Type BRD)**|||||||**(UL Type BRD)**|||
||<o~~RS~~|120/240 Vac<br>120/240 Vac||120 Vac<br>120 Vac<br>120/240 Vac<br>S~~SE~~|||||||120/240 Vac<br>120/240 Vac<br>S~~S—~~|||
||**Single-Pole**|**Single-Pole**1||**Two-Pole**2||**and Single-Pole**1|||||**Two-Pole**|||
||**Requires One 1-Inch**|||**Requires Two 1-Inch**||||**Requires Two 1-Inch**|||**Requires Two 1-Inch**|||
||**(25.4 mm) Space**|||**(25.4 mm) Spaces**|||||||**(25.4 mm) Spaces**|||
||**10 per Shelf Carton**|**10 per Shelf Carton**||**5 per Shelf Carton**|||||||**5 per Shelf Carton**|||
|**BQ2302115**||**120 Vac**|**Wire Size**|**120 Vac**||||**120/240 Vac**|**120 Vac**||**120/240 Vac**|||
||||**Range**|**Ampere Rating**|||||||**Ampere Rating**|||
||**Ampere**|**Catalog**|**Cu/Al**|**Outer Left**|**Outer Left**|||**Center Two-Pole**|**Outer Right**|**Catalog**|**Outer Two-Pole**|**Center Two-Pole**|**Catalog**|
||**Rating**|**Number**|**65 °C or 75 °C**|**Single-Pole**||||**Independent Trip**|**Single-Pole**|**Number**|**Independent Trip**|**Independent Trip**|**Number**|
||10–10|**BD1010**|#14–4|15||||20|15|**BQ2202115**|15|15|**BQ215215**|
||15–15|**BD1515**|#14–4|20||||20|20|**BQ2202120**|15|20|**BQ215220**|
||15–20|**BD1520**|#14–4|15||||30|15|**BQ2302115**|15|30|**BQ215230**|
||15–30|**BD1530**|#14–4|20||||30|20|**BQ2302120**|15|40|**BQ215240**|
|**BQ230230**|20–15|**BD2015**|#14–4|15||||40|15|**BQ2402115**|15|50|**BQ215250**|
||20–20|**BD2020**|#14–4|20||||40|20|**BQ2402120**|20|20|**BQ220220**|
||20–30|**BD2030**|#14–4|15||||50|15|**BQ2502115**|20|30|**BQ220230**|
||25–25|**BD2525**|#14–4|20||||50|20|**BQ2502120**|20|40|**BQ220240**|
||30–15|**BD3015**|#14–4|—||||—|—|**—**|20|50|**BQ220250**|
||30–20|**BD3020**|#14–4|—||||—|—|**—**|25|25|**BQ225225**|
||30–30|**BD3030**|#14–4|—||||—|—|**—**|30|30|**BQ230230**|
||30–40|**BD3040**|#14–4|—||||—|—|**—**|30|40|**BQ230240**|
||30–50|**BD3050**|#14–4|—||||—|—|**—**|30|50|**BQ230250**|
||50–30|**BD5030**|#14–4|—||||—|—|**—**|40|40|**BQ240240**|
||50–50|**BD5050**|#14–4|—||||—|—|**—**|40|50|**BQ240250**|
||—|**—**|—|—||||—|—|**—**|50|50|**BQ250250**|



## _**Notes**_ 

1   All 15 and 20 A single poles are switch-duty rated. 

- 2   All Type BD duplex and BQ quadplex circuit breakers carry listing for HACR applications. 

**Volume 1—Residential and Light Commercial** CA08100002E—April 2017 www.eaton.com 

**V1-T1-81** 

Loadcenters and Circuit Breakers 

1.2 

Type BR Loadcenters and Circuit Breakers 

**1** ~~_~~ **1** 

## _**Non-CTL Plug-On Replacement—Circuit Breakers, Type BRD—10 kAIC, 120/240 Vac**_ **BR2020** ~~__~~ 

## **Class Non-CTL, 1-Inch (25.4 mm) per Pole 10 kAIC—Breakers Do Not Have Rejection Tab Feature** 

**Type BRD Quadplex Common Trip Center and Outer Poles** 

**==> picture [103 x 105] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
Ampere<br>:; 7 Rating<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


||||||**Type BRD Quadplex Common Trip**||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|**Type BR Duplex**<br>**Single-Pole Requires One**<br>**1-Inch (25.4 mm) Space**<br>**10 per Shelf Carton**<br>**Ampere**<br>**Rating**<br>**120 Vac**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**<br>120/240 Vac<br>120/240 Vac<br>7||**Wire Size**<br>**Range**<br>**Cu/Al**<br>**65 °C or 75 °C**|**Type Brand BRD Quadplex Independent Trip**<br>**Two-Pole Requires Two**<br>**1-Inch (25.4 mm) Spaces**<br>**5 per Shelf Carton**<br>**120/240 Vac**<br>**120/240 Vac**<br>**Ampere Rating**<br>**Outer Two-Pole**<br>**Independent Trip**<br>**Center Two-Pole**<br>**Independent Trip**<br>120/240 Vac<br>120/240 Vac<br>SS|**Type Brand BRD Quadplex Independent Trip**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**|**Type BRD Quadplex Common Trip**<br>**Center and Outer Poles**<br>**Two-Pole Requires Two**<br>**1-Inch (25.4 mm) Spaces**<br>**5 per Shelf Carton**<br>**120/240 Vac**<br>**Ampere Rating**<br>**Outer Two-Pole**<br>**Common Trip**<br>**Center Two-Pole**<br>**Common Trip**<br>120/240 Vac<br>120/240 Vac<br>~~_~~|**Catalog**<br>**Number**|
|15–15|**BR1515**|#14–4|15<br>15|**BR415**|15<br>15|**BRDC215215**|
|15–20|**BR1520**|#14–4|20<br>20|**BR420**|30<br>30|**BRDC230230**|
|20–15|**BR2015**|#14–4|30<br>30|**BR430**|30<br>40|**BRDC230240**|
|20–20|**BR2020**|#14–4|20<br>30|**BRD220230**|30<br>50|**BRDC230250**|
|30–30<br>30–50|**BR3030**<br>**BR3050**|#14–4<br>#14–4|30<br>40<br>30<br>50|**BRD230240**<br>**BRD230250**|—<br>—<br>—<br>—|**—**<br>**—**|



**Type BR Duplex** 

## **CTL and Non-CTL Breakers** 

**==> picture [353 x 76] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
Notched<br>Bus Stab Type BR or Type BD Duplex, (CTL), Type BQ and  CTL CircuitLimiting Type BD<br>BQC Quadplex Feature Duplex<br>Rejection<br>Unnotched Tab<br>Bus Stab Type BR Notched<br>Non-CTL<br>Stab<br>Non-Circuit Type BR<br>Limiting<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


## _**Note**_ 

Type BD Duplex, BQ and BQC Quadplex circuit breakers can be installed in Circuit Limiting (CTL) listed BR loadcenters. Type BR twin breakers can be installed in Non-CTL BR loadcenters. 

**Volume 1—Residential and Light Commercial** CA08100002E—April 2017 www.eaton.com 

**V1-T1-82** 

Loadcenters and Circuit Breakers 

1.2 

Type BR Loadcenters and Circuit Breakers 

## _**Common Trip Quadplex Breakers**_ 

**Class CTL, 1-Inch (25.4 mm) per Pole 10 kAIC—All Circuit Breakers Have Rejection Tab Feature** 

## **BQC2302115** 

**Type BQC Quadplex Common Trip Center Poles (UL Type BRD)** 120 Vac 120/240 Vac S ~~ET~~ 120 Vac **Two-Pole**[1] **and Single-Pole**[2] **Requires Two 1-Inch (25.4 mm) Spaces 5 per Shelf Carton** 

**Type BQC Quadplex Common Trip Center and Outer Poles (UL Type BRD)** 

120/240 Vac ~~ro~~ 120/240 Vac = ~~e —_~~ **Two-Pole**[1] **Requires Two 1-Inch (25.4 mm) Spaces 5 per Shelf Carton 120/240 Vac** 

||||**120 Vac**|**120/240 Vac**|**120 Vac**|||**120/240 Vac**|||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|**BQC2302115**|||**Ampere Rating**||||**Wire Size Range**|**Ampere Rating**|||
||||**Outer Left**|**Center Two-Pole**|**Outer Right**|**Catalog**|**Cu/Al 65 °C**|**Outer Two-Pole**|**Center Two-Pole**|**Catalog**|
|is|Ps.<br> See|a|**or 75 °C**<br>**Number**<br>**Number**<br>**Single-Pole**<br>**Common Trip**<br>**Single-Pole**<br>**Common Trip**<br>**Common Trip**<br> ~~Oe~~||||||||
||||15|20|15|**BQC2202115**|#14–4|15|15|**BQC215215**|
|L|4||15|25|15|**BQC2252115**|#14–4|15|20|**BQC215220**|
||||15|30|15|**BQC2302115**|#14–4|15|30|**BQC215230**|
||||15|40|15|**BQC2402115**|#14–4|20|15|**BQC220215**|
||||15<br>—|50<br>—|15<br>—|**BQC2502115**<br>**—**|#14–4<br>#14–4|20<br>20|20<br>30|**BQC220220**<br>**BQC220230**|
||||—|—|—|**—**|#14–4|20|40|**BQC220240**|
||||—|—|—|**—**|#14–4|20|50|**BQC220250**|
||||20|15|20|**BQC2152120**|#14–4|25|25|**BQC225225**|
||||20|20|20|**BQC2202120**|#14–4|25|30|**BQC225230**|
||||20|25|20|**BQC2252120**|#14–4|30|15|**BQC230215**|
||||20<br>20|30<br>40|20<br>20|**BQC2302120**<br>**BQC2402120**|#14–4<br>#14–4|30<br>30|30<br>40|**BQC230230**<br>**BQC230240**|
||||20|50|20|**BQC2502120**|#14–4|30|50|**BQC230250**|
||||30|50|20|**BQC2502030**|#14–4|40|30|**BQC240230**|
||||—|—|—|**—**|#14–4|40|40|**BQC240240**|
||||—<br>—|—<br>—|—<br>—|**—**<br>**—**|#14–4<br>#14–4|40<br>50|50<br>20|**BQC240250**<br>**BQC250220**|
||||—|—|—|**—**|#14–4|50|50|**BQC250250**|



**1** 

## _**Notes**_ 

1   All Type BQC quadplex circuit breakers carry listing for HACR applications. 

- 2   All 15 and 20 ampere single poles are switch-duty rated. 

**Volume 1—Residential and Light Commercial** CA08100002E—April 2017 www.eaton.com 

**V1-T1-83** 

Loadcenters and Circuit Breakers 

1.2 

Type BR Loadcenters and Circuit Breakers 

## **1** ~~|~~ 

## _**Plug-On Circuit Breakers, Types BJ and BJH—10/22 kAIC, 120/240 Vac and 240 Vac**_ 

For Use in Single-Phase and Three-Phase Loadcenters—150 Amperes and Above 

## **Types BJ and BJH Breakers, 1-Inch (25.4 mm) per Pole, 120/240 or 240 Vac, 10, 22 kAIC** 

**==> picture [23 x 8] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
Type BJ<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


||**Two-Pole 120/240 Vac**|||**Three-Pole 240 Vac**||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
||**Common Trip Requires Four**|||**Common Trip Requires Six**||
||**1-Inch (25.4 mm) Spaces**1<br>**10 per Shelf Carton**|||**1-Inch (25.4 mm) Spaces**2<br>**5 per Shelf Carton**||
|**Ampere**<br>**Rating**|**10 kAIC**<br>**Catalog Number**|**22 kAIC**<br>**Catalog Number**|**Wire Size Range**<br>**Cu/Al 60 °C or 75 °C**|**10 kAIC**<br>**Catalog Number**|**22 kAIC**<br>**Catalog Number**|
|125<br>150|**BJ2125**<br>**BJ2150**|**BJH2125**<br>**BJH2150**|#2–300 kcmil<br>#2–300 kcmil|**BJ3125**<br>**BJ3150**|**BJH3125**<br>**BJH3150**|
|175|**BJ2175**|**BJH2175**|#2–300 kcmil|**BJ3175**|**BJH3175**|
|200|**BJ2200**|**BJH2200**|#2–300 kcmil|**BJ3200**|**BJH3200**|
|225|**BJ2225**|**BJH2225**|#2–300 kcmil|**BJ3225**|**BJH3225**|



## _**Plug-On Special Application Circuit Breakers—10 kAIC, 120 Vac, 120/240 Vac and 240 Vac**_ 

## **Special Application Circuit Breakers, 1-Inch (25.4 mm) per Pole** 

|**BRWH215**|**Special Application Circuit Breakers, 1-Inch (25.4 mm) per Pole**|**Special Application Circuit Breakers, 1-Inch (25.4 mm) per Pole**|**Special Application Circuit Breakers, 1-Inch (25.4 mm) per Pole**|**Special Application Circuit Breakers, 1-Inch (25.4 mm) per Pole**|**Special Application Circuit Breakers, 1-Inch (25.4 mm) per Pole**||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|**Water Heater Breaker**|**Water Heater Breakers**|**Switching Neutral Breakers**||**240 V Breakers**||**240 V Breakers**|**Non-Automatic Molded Case Switches**||
|»|**Two-Pole 120/240 Vac**<br>**Common Trip Requires Two**<br>**1-Inch (25.4 mm) Spaces**<br>**With Isolated Line Terminals**<br>LINE<br>LOAD<br> ==|**Two-Pole 120 Vac**<br>**Common Trip Requires Two**<br>**1-Inch (25.4 mm) Spaces**<br>OUT<br>IN<br>NEUTRAL<br>oS||**Two-Pole 240 Vac**<br>**Common Trip Requires Two**<br>**1-Inch (25.4 mm) Spaces**<br>he|||**Two-Pole 240 Vac**<br>**Requires Two**<br>**1-Inch (25.4 mm) Spaces**<br>~~a~~||
|**BRSN220**<br>**Switching Neutral**<br>**Breaker**|**for Separately Metered**<br>**Water Heaters**<br>**5 per Shelf Carton**<br>**10 kAIC**<br>**Ampere**<br>**Catalog**|**With Switching Neutral Pole**<br>**for Gasoline Pump Applications**<br>**5 per Shelf Carton**<br>**10 kAIC**<br>**Ampere**<br>**Catalog**|**Wire**<br>**Size**<br>**Range**<br>**Cu/Al**<br>**60 °C or**|**Where Voltage to**<br>**Ground is 240 Vac**<br>**5 per Shelf Carton**<br>**10 kAIC**<br>**Ampere**<br>**Catalog**|||**For Use as Disconnect Contains No**<br>**Magnetic or Thermal Trip Properties**<br>**5 per Shelf Carton**<br>**5 kAIC**<br>**Ampere**<br>**Catalog**||
||**Rating**<br>**Number**<br>15<br>**BRWH215**|**Rating**<br>**Number**<br>15<br>**BRSN215**|**75 °C**<br>#14–4|**Rating**<br>10||**Number**<br>**BR210H**|**Rating**<br>—|**Number**<br>**—**|
||20<br>**BRWH220**|20<br>**BRSN220**|#14–4|15||**BR215H**|—|**—**|
||30<br>**BRWH230**|25<br>**BRSN225**|#14–4|20||**BR220H**|—|**—**|
||—<br>**—**|30<br>**BRSN230**|#14–4|25||**BR225H**|—|**—**|
||—<br>**—**|—<br>**—**|#14–4|30||**BR230H**|—|**—**|
||—<br>**—**|—<br>**—**|#14–4|35||**BR235H**|—|**—**|
||—<br>**—**<br>—<br>**—**|—<br>**—**<br>—<br>**—**|#14–4<br>#14–4|40<br>45||**BR240H**<br>**BR245H**|—<br>—|**—**<br>**—**|
||—<br>**—**|—<br>**—**|#14–4|50||**BR250H**|50|**BR250NA**|
||—<br>**—**|—<br>**—**|#14–4|55||**BR255H**|—|**—**|
||—<br>**—**|—<br>**—**|#4–1/0|60||**BR260H**|60|**BR260NA**|
||—<br>**—**|—<br>**—**|#4–1/0|70||**BR270H**|—|**—**|
||—<br>**—**|—<br>**—**|#4–1/0|80||**BR280H**|—|**—**|
||—<br>**—**<br>—<br>**—**|—<br>**—**<br>—<br>**—**|#4–1/0<br>#4–1/0|90<br>100||**BR290H**<br>**BR2100H**|—<br>100|**—**<br>**BR2100NA**|



## _**Notes**_ 

1   Breaker uses two 1-inch (25.4 mm) pole spaces on left side and two 1-inch (25.4 mm) pole spaces on right side of loadcenter. 

2   Breaker uses three 1-inch (25.4 mm) pole spaces on left side and three 1-inch (25.4 mm) pole spaces on right side of loadcenter. 

If BJ or BJH breakers are used as a main or a back feed device, a hold-down kit is required. See **Page V1-T1-85** . 

**Volume 1—Residential and Light Commercial** CA08100002E—April 2017 www.eaton.com 

**V1-T1-84** 

Loadcenters and Circuit Breakers 

1.2 

Type BR Loadcenters and Circuit Breakers 

**1** 

## **Circuit Breaker Accessories** 

## **Field Installation Kits and Parts** 

||**Field Installation Kits and Parts**|||
|---|---|---|---|
|**THS1**|**Field Installation Kits and Parts**|**Ordering**|**Catalog**|
||**Description**|**Quantity**1|**Number**|
||**Handle Ties**2|||
||Handle tie bar for physically joining the handles of two adjacent single-pole Type BR circuit breakers (metal cylinder pin type)|10|**BHT**|
|**BHLW2**<br>CY|Handle tie bar for joining two independent outside poles of Types BQ and BQC Quadplex and outside poles of two Type BD<br>duplex circuit breakers<br>10<br>**THOW**<br>Handle tie bar for joining two adjacent outside poles of Types BQ and BQC Quadplex and outside poles of two Type BD duplex circuit breakers<br>10<br>**THS1**<br> ~~OO".~~|||
|**BRQLW**|**Handle Lockoffs**34|||
|OTs|Padlockable device for locking the handle of single-, two- or three-pole Type BR Circuit Breakers and single-pole of a Type BD Duplex<br>or one independent outside pole of a Type BQ or BQC Quadplex circuit breakers (escutcheon mounted)5<br>Padlockable device for locking the handle of a single-pole Type BR circuit breaker (handle mounted)6|10<br>10|**BRLW**<br>**BRLW1**|
|OTs||||
|**MCBPL (Installed)**|Padlockable device for locking the handle of a two- and three-pole Type BR circuit breaker (handle mounted)6|10|**BRLW2**|
||Padlockable device for locking the handle of a single-pole Type BD Duplex, BQ or BQC Quadplex breaker (handle mounted)6|10|**BRDL1**|
||Padlockable device for locking the handle of the two center poles and the two outer poles of a two-pole Types BQ and BQC quadplex<br>circuit breakers (escutcheon mounted)5|10|**BRQLW**|
||Padlockable device for locking the handle of main circuit breaker Types CC and CHH into the ON or OFF position (screw mounted)7|1|**CCPL**|
|**BHLW**|Padlockable device for locking the handle of main breaker Types BW and CSR into the ON or OFF position (escutcheon mounted)5|1|**MCBPL**|
|**BRLW2**<br>Pr|Device used to secure handle in ON or OFF position for single-, two- or three-pole Type BR circuit breakers and single-pole of Type BD<br>duplex and one independent outside pole of Type BQ or BQC Quadplex circuit breakers (escutcheon mounted)5<br>Device used to secure handle in ON or OFF position for single-pole Type BR circuit breakers (handle mounted)6<br>Device used to secure handle in ON or OFF position for two- and three-pole Type BR circuit breakers (handle mounted)6|10<br>10<br>10|**BHLW**<br>**BHLW1**<br>**BHLW2**|
|**BREQS125**<br>Pe|Device used to secure handle in ON or OFF position for single-pole Type GFTCB ground fault circuit breakers (handle mounted)6<br>Device used to secure handle in ON or OFF position for one independent outside pole of Types BQ and BQC Quadplex or single-pole<br>Type BD duplex circuit breakers (handle mounted)6<br>**Hold-Down Kits**8|10<br>10|**BHGW**<br>**HLW1**|
||Hold-down retainer kit for three-pole Type BR circuit breakers in S3100 and 3100R loadcenters only|1|**BRHDB**|
||Hold-down screw kit for two- and three-pole Type BR circuit breakers in single-phase MLO loadcenters through 100–125 A|1|**BREQS125**|
||Hold-down screw kit for two- and three-pole Type BR circuit breakers in MLO loadcenters 150–225 A|1|**BRHDK125**|
|**BRHDK125**||||
|/e|Hold-down screw kit for two-pole Types BJ and BJH circuit breakers in MLO loadcenters 125–225 A<br>Hold-down screw kit for three-pole Types BJ and BJH circuit breakers in MLO loadcenters 125–225 A<br>**Main Breaker Lug Kits**<br>Types CC and CHH main breaker lug kit (2) 300 kcmil|1<br>1<br>1|**BJHDS**<br>**BJHDS3P**<br>**CCL300**|
||Types BW/CSR main breaker lug kit (2) 300 kcmil|1|**MCBL300**|



**BRLW2** Pe **BREQS125 BRHDK125** 

## _**Notes**_ 

- 1   Must be purchased in multiples of ordering quantities indicated. 

- 2   Handle ties: typically used to join two similar independent single-pole breakers to form a two-pole noncommon trip breaker. 

- 3   Handle lockoffs: devices that use a padlock to lock the circuit breaker’s handle in the ON or OFF position. 

- 4   See table on **Page V1-T1-86** for handle position changeability chart. 

- 5   Escutcheon mounted: device mounted semipermanently to the face of the circuit breaker and secured by the loadcenter deadfront. 

- 6   Handle mounted: device mounted directly to the handle by the use of a set screw. 

- 7   Screw mounted: device permanently mounted to the face of the circuit breaker by the use of a non-removable screw. 

- 8   Hold-down kits: devices used to secure the circuit breaker to the loadcenter for back-feed main application. See NEC Article 384.16(g). Add “B” suffix to two-pole breaker for tapped hole for hold-down kit (ex. BR230B) for BR breakers below 60 A. 

**Volume 1—Residential and Light Commercial** CA08100002E—April 2017 www.eaton.com 

**V1-T1-85** 

Loadcenters and Circuit Breakers 

1.2 

Type BR Loadcenters and Circuit Breakers 

|**1**<br>**1**<br>**1**<br>**Field Installation Kits and Parts, continued**<br>**Description**<br>**Ordering**<br>**Quantity**1<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**<br>**Mechanical Interlocks**<br>Types BR for two-, three- and four-pole breakers<br>10<br>**BRML**<br>**Padlock Brackets**<br>**BRML**~~ee~~|**1**<br>**1**<br>**1**<br>**Field Installation Kits and Parts, continued**<br>**Description**<br>**Ordering**<br>**Quantity**1<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**<br>**Mechanical Interlocks**<br>Types BR for two-, three- and four-pole breakers<br>10<br>**BRML**<br>**Padlock Brackets**<br>**BRML**~~ee~~|**1**<br>**1**<br>**1**<br>**Field Installation Kits and Parts, continued**<br>**Description**<br>**Ordering**<br>**Quantity**1<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**<br>**Mechanical Interlocks**<br>Types BR for two-, three- and four-pole breakers<br>10<br>**BRML**<br>**Padlock Brackets**<br>**BRML**~~ee~~|**1**<br>**1**<br>**1**<br>**Field Installation Kits and Parts, continued**<br>**Description**<br>**Ordering**<br>**Quantity**1<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**<br>**Mechanical Interlocks**<br>Types BR for two-, three- and four-pole breakers<br>10<br>**BRML**<br>**Padlock Brackets**<br>**BRML**~~ee~~|**1**<br>**1**<br>**1**<br>**Field Installation Kits and Parts, continued**<br>**Description**<br>**Ordering**<br>**Quantity**1<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**<br>**Mechanical Interlocks**<br>Types BR for two-, three- and four-pole breakers<br>10<br>**BRML**<br>**Padlock Brackets**<br>**BRML**~~ee~~|
|---|---|---|---|---|
|**1**||BR padlock mounting bracket|10|**BRPLOFF**|
|**1**||BR three-pole lock-off bracket<br>BJ two-pole lock-off bracket|10<br>10|**BRPLOFF3P**<br>**BJL2P**|
|**1**||BJ three-pole lock-off bracket|10|**BJL3P**|



## **Shunt Trips, Auxiliary and Alarm Contacts** 

|**Shunt Trips, Auxiliary and Alarm Contacts**||
|---|---|
|**Description**|**Catalog Number**2<br>**Suffix Adder**|
|**Shunt Trip for Types BW/CSR**||
|12 Volts|**SR12**|
|24 Volts|**SR24**|
|120 Volts|**SR01**|
|**Shunt Trip for Types BR**||
|120 Volts<br>**Auxiliary Contact for Types BW/CSR**|**ST**|
|1NO and 1NC|**AL1**|
|2NO and 2NC|**AL2**|
|**Alarm Contacts for Types BW/CSR**||
|Types BW/CSR<br>**Alarm Contacts for Type GFTCB (Single-Pole)**|**CR1**|
|Alarm contact for GFTCB (single-pole)|**W1**|
|1NO and 1NC|**W2**|



## **Handle Position Changeability Chart** 

||**To Change Handle Position from ON to OFF, or OFF to ON**|**To Change Handle Position from ON to OFF, or OFF to ON**|**To Change Handle Position from ON to OFF, or OFF to ON**|
|---|---|---|---|
||**You Must...**||**Remove**|
|**Handle Lockoff and**<br>**Lockdog Types**|**Remove**<br>**Padlock**|**Remove**<br>**Device**|**Loadcenter**<br>**Deadfront**|
|Lockoff escutcheon mounted<br>Lockoff handle mounted|Remove<br>Remove|—<br>Remove|—<br>—|
|Lockoff screw mounted|Remove|—|—|
|Lockdog escutcheon mounted|N/A|Remove|Remove|
|Lockdog handle mounted|N/A|Remove|—|



## _**Notes**_ 

1   Must be purchased in multiples of ordering quantities indicated. 

2   Add suffix indicated to end of breaker catalog number. 

**Volume 1—Residential and Light Commercial** CA08100002E—April 2017 www.eaton.com 

**V1-T1-86** 

Loadcenters and Circuit Breakers 

1.2 

Type BR Loadcenters and Circuit Breakers 

## **Wiring Diagrams** 

**Single-Pole 120 V Load Application Sourced by 120/240 Vac** 

**==> picture [175 x 110] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
120/240 Vac<br>Source<br>N A B<br>Line B<br>Single-Pole<br>Neutral 120V<br>Duplex<br>Neutral Receptacle<br>Equipment Ground<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


## **Two-Pole Shared Neutral with Multi-Duplex Receptacle Application** 

**==> picture [188 x 132] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
120/240 Vac<br>Source<br>N A B<br>Line B<br>Two-Pole<br>Neutral Two 120V<br>Duplex<br>Neutral Receptacles<br>Line A<br>Equipment Ground<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


## **Two-Pole 240 V Load Application Sourced by 120/240 Vac** 

**==> picture [168 x 112] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
120/240 Vac<br>Source<br>N A B<br>Line B<br>Two-Pole<br>Line A 240V<br>Duplex<br>Neutral Receptacle<br>Equipment Ground<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


## **Two-Pole Shared Neutral with Duplex Receptacle Application** 

**==> picture [203 x 115] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
120/240 Vac<br>Source<br>N A B<br>Line B<br>Line A<br>Two-Pole<br>Neutral 120V Duplex<br>Receptacle<br>Neutral (With Line Side<br>Jumper Removed)<br>Equipment Ground<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


## **Single-Pole 120 V Load Application Sourced by 120/240 Vac** 

**==> picture [175 x 111] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
120/240 Vac<br>Source<br>N A B<br>Line B<br>Single-Pole<br>Neutral 120V<br>Duplex<br>Neutral Receptacle<br>Equipment Ground<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


## **Single-Pole 120 V Duplex Receptacle Application** 

**==> picture [175 x 95] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
120/240 Vac<br>Source<br>N A B<br>Line B<br>Single-Pole<br>Neutral 120V<br>Duplex<br>Neutral Receptacle<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


**1** 

**Volume 1—Residential and Light Commercial** CA08100002E—April 2017 www.eaton.com 

**V1-T1-87** 

Loadcenters and Circuit Breakers 

Type BR Loadcenters and Circuit Breakers 

## 1.2 

**1** 

## **Two-Pole 120 V Multi-Duplex Receptacle Application** 

**==> picture [181 x 127] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
120/240 Vac<br>Source<br>N A B<br>Line B<br>Two-Pole<br>Two 120V<br>Neutral<br>Duplex<br>Receptacles<br>Neutral<br>Line A<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


## **Two-Pole 120 V Duplex Receptacle Application** 

**==> picture [203 x 102] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
120/240 Vac<br>Source<br>N A B<br>Line B<br>Line A<br>Two-Pole<br>Neutral 120V Duplex<br>Receptacle<br>Neutral (With Line Side<br>Jumper Removed)<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


## **Two-Pole 240 V Duplex Receptacle Application** 

**==> picture [168 x 94] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
120/240 Vac<br>Source<br>N A B<br>Line B<br>Two-Pole<br>Line A 240V<br>Duplex<br>Neutral Receptacle<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


**Volume 1—Residential and Light Commercial** CA08100002E—April 2017 www.eaton.com 

**V1-T1-88** 

Loadcenters and Circuit Breakers 

1.3 

Loadcenter Interiors/OEM Loadcenters 

## **OEM Loadcenters** 

## **Contents** 

**1** 

_**Description Page**_ Standards and Certifications. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . **V1-T1-90** Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . **V1-T1-90** 

## **Product Description** 

As a leader in the electrical distribution equipment business, Eaton has a unique product offering for equipment manufacturers, panel builders and virtually any OEM that has a need for power distribution within their equipment. The OEM interior offering consists of a wide variety of power distribution options utilizing components from Eaton’s CH and BR loadcenter product lines. With high-volume, standardized products, OEMs can expect to receive high-quality products covering configurations meeting virtually any power distribution need. 

Coupled with Eaton’s expertise in circuit breaker design and manufacturing, OEM interiors provide solid power distribution and circuit protection in a compact, easy-to-install package. Interiors are offered from 2 to 42 circuits and from 70 to 225 A. 

## **Quality** 

Built in ISO 9002 certified manufacturing facilities, customers can be assured of the process quality in place for the manufacture of these products. Utilizing the latest in computer-controlled plating, painting, molding, stamping and welding processes, Eaton’s customers have come to expect consistent high-quality from shipment to shipment. 

## **Two Products Offer Design Flexibility** 

As a manufacturer of two lines of loadcenters, Eaton is in a unique position to offer the broadest range of interiors in the market. Each line has its own unique characteristics that appeal to various segments of the market. OEM interiors are UL recognized components and are listed in either of the following UL files: E8741 or E52977. 

The CH interiors feature 100% copper bus and use the CH 3/4-inch (19.1 mm) wide circuit breaker, which minimizes panel space. Recognized by contractors for its sturdy design, the CH interior will appeal to those customers seeking an industrial quality bolted busbar and the space saving of 3/4-inch (19.1 mm) per bus stab. With a typical 12 circuit CH interior, this space savings amounts to an inch and a half savings over its 1-inch (25.4 mm) counterparts. The stab rating of the CH interiors is 140 A maximum meaning that the handle rating of breakers mounted across from one another may not exceed 140 A. 

The BR interiors are manufactured of formed, plated aluminum or copper, and use Eaton’s Type BR 1-inch (25.4 mm) wide circuit breaker. This design affords customers the most circuit flexibility as many of these interiors allow the installation of standard single- and two-pole breakers as well as duplex (two poles in a 1-inch (25.4 mm) space) or quadplex (four poles in a 2-inch (50.8 mm) space) breakers. 

The stab rating of the BR interiors is 200 A maximum, meaning that the handle rating of the breakers that are mounted across from one another may not exceed 200 A. 

The interiors are designed for either horizontal (singlerow breaker mounting), or vertical (double-row breaker mounting). To comply with National Electrical Code (NEC) requirements, if mounted horizontally, when the breaker is ON, the handle should be in the UP position. When mounted vertically, the handle toggles from left to right, so this is not a concern. 

**Volume 1—Residential and Light Commercial** CA08100002E—April 2017 www.eaton.com 

**V1-T1-89** 

Loadcenters and Circuit Breakers 

Loadcenter Interiors/OEM Loadcenters 

**Standards and Certifications 1** 

## 1.3 

## **Class CTL** 

National Electrical Code Paragraph 384.15 requires branch circuit panelboards to be provided with physical means to prevent the installation of more overcurrent devices than that number of which the enclosure was designed, rated and approved. Class CTL Duplex, Quadplex and twin breakers (identified by a catalog number prefix BD, BQ, BQC and CHT) are equipped with a UL listed rejection tab over the line terminal. All OEM interiors have appropriately notched stabs to accept these rejection tab Class CTL breakers. 

Duplex, Quadplex and twin breakers manufactured without the rejection tab (identified by a catalog number prefix BR, BRD and CHT) are available for replacement purposes in older interiors. 

## **Federal Specifications** 

All loadcenter enclosures meet Federal Specifications W-P-115b, Type 1, Class 2 requirements. 

All 120/240 V breakers, both 1-inch (25.4 mm), 1/2-inch (12.7 mm) and 3/4-inch (19.1 mm) per pole meet the requirement of Federal Specifications W-C 375B/ Gen Type 1. 

## **Canadian Standards Association Listing** 

All single-pole and two-pole, 120/240 V breakers, both 1-inch (25.4 mm), 1/2-inch (12.7 mm) and 3/4-inch (19.1 mm) per pole, 225 A maximum, are listed as Certified by the Canadian Standards Association, Guide No. 69-11.19, Class 1432, File 18328. 

## **Underwriters Laboratories Listing** 

All grounding bars manufactured comply with Underwriters Laboratories standards and are listed under Guide No. DHJR, File E31424, Volume W, Section 17. 

All circuit breakers 10 A and larger comply with the Underwriters Laboratories “Standard for Branch Circuit and Service CircuitBreakers” UL 489; Guide No. 60 10.2 File E31424, and “Requirements for Wire Connectors and Soldering Lugs,” UL 486B, Guide No. 461 10-C File E7830. 

All Eaton breakers where marked, are suitable for use with 60/75 °C rated wire, unless otherwise specified. 

All devices comply with the 22 kAIC–10 kAIC UL series connected components File DKSY2 of the Recognized Components Index. 

## **Lighting and** 

## **Appliance Panelboards** 

Lighting and appliance branch circuit panelboards are defined in NEC (Article 384) as “One having more than 10 percent of its overcurrent devices rated 30 A or less for which neutral connections are provided.” Article 384 also limits the number of overcurrent devices (branch circuit poles) to a maximum of 42 in any one cabinet. When the 42 poles are exceeded, two or more separate panels are required. 

For more details and engineering drawings, see BR.31.02.S.E. 

## **Product Selection** 

## **Type CH Loadcenter Interior Assemblies—Copper Bus** 

|**Ampere**<br>**Rating**|**Maximum Number 1-Inch (24.5 mm)**<br>**Spaces**<br>**Single Poles**|**Maximum Number 1-Inch (24.5 mm)**<br>**Spaces**<br>**Single Poles**|**UL File**<br>**Reference**|**Main Terminal Size**<br>**(Per Phase)**|**Standard**<br>**Package Quantity**|**Catalog**<br>**Number**|
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|**Single-Phase**|**Single Row Breaker Mounting—120/240 Vac, Three-Wire**||||||
|70|2|2|E8741|(1) #8–#2 AWG Cu/Al|1|**CH9MB270**|
|125|2|2|E8741|(1) 2/0–#6 AWG Cu/Al|20|**CH2L125INT**|
|**Single-Phase**|**Double Row Breaker Mounting—120/240 Vac, Three-Wire**||||||
|125|4|4|E8741|(1) 2/0–#14 AWG Cu/Al|20|**CH4L125INT**|
|125<br>125|8<br>12|8<br>12|E8741<br>E8741|(1) 2/0–#6 AWG Cu/Al<br>(1) 2/0–#6 AWG Cu/Al|20<br>20|**CH8L125INT**<br>**CH12L125INT**|
|125<br>200|16<br>12|16<br>12|E8741<br>E8741|(1) 2/0–#6 AWG Cu/Al<br>(1) 300 kcmil–#4 AWG Cu/Al|20<br>20|**CH16L125INT**<br>**CH12L200INT**|
|200<br>225|16<br>24|16<br>24|E8741<br>E8741|(1) 300 kcmil–#4 AWG Cu/Al<br>(1) 300 kcmil–#4 AWG Cu/Al|10<br>10|**CH16L200INT**<br>**CH24L225INT**|
|225<br>225|32<br>42|32<br>42|E8741<br>E8741|(1) 300 kcmil–#4 AWG Cu/Al<br>(1) 300 kcmil–#4 AWG Cu/Al|10<br>10|**CH32L225INT**<br>**CH42L225INT**|
|**Three-Phase Double Row Breaker Mounting—208Y/120 Vac, Four-Wire—240**||||**Vac, Three-Wire—120/240 Vac, Four-Wire Delta**|||
|125|12|12|E8741|(1) 2/0–#6 AWG Cu/Al|10|**CH12L3125INT**|
|125|18|18|E8741|(1) 2/0–#6 AWG Cu/Al|10|**CH18L3125INT**|
|125|24|24|E8741|(1) 2/0–#6 AWG Cu/Al|10|**CH24L3125INT**|
|225|24|24|E8741|(1) 300 kcmil–#4 AWG Cu/Al|10|**CH24L3225INT**|
|225|30|30|E8741|(1) 300 kcmil–#4 AWG Cu/Al|10|**CH30L3225INT**|
|225|42|42|E8741|(1) 300 kcmil–#4 AWG Cu/Al|10|**CH42L3225INT**|



**Volume 1—Residential and Light Commercial** CA08100002E—April 2017 www.eaton.com 

**V1-T1-90** 

Loadcenters and Circuit Breakers 

1.3 

Loadcenter Interiors/OEM Loadcenters 

|**Type BR Loadcenter Interior Assemblies—Aluminum Bus**<br>**Ampere**<br>**Rating**<br>**Maximum Number 1-Inch (24.5 mm)**<br>**UL File**<br>**Reference**<br>**Main Terminal Size**<br>**(Per Phase)**<br>**Standard**<br>**Package Quantity**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**<br>**Spaces**<br>**Single Poles**<br>**Single-Phase Single Row Breaker Mounting—120/240 Vac, Three-Wire**<br>70<br>2<br>4<br>E8741<br>(1) #8–#2 AWG Cu/Al<br>20<br>**24INT70B**<br>125<br>2<br>4<br>E8741<br>(1) 1/0–#14 AWG Cu<br>2/0–12 AWG All<br>20<br>**24INT125B**<br>125<br>6<br>12<br>E52977<br>(1) 2/0–#14 AWG Cu/Al<br>20<br>**612INT125SRB**<br>**Single-Phase Double Row Breaker Mounting—120/240 Vac, Three-Wire**<br>125<br>4<br>8<br>E8741<br>(1) 2/0–#14 AWG Cu/Al<br>20<br>**48INT125B**<br>125<br>6<br>12<br>E8741<br>(1) 2/0–#14 AWG Cu/Al<br>20<br>**612INT125B**<br>**BR Loadcenter**<br>**Interior Assembly**~~a~~|**Type BR Loadcenter Interior Assemblies—Aluminum Bus**<br>**Ampere**<br>**Rating**<br>**Maximum Number 1-Inch (24.5 mm)**<br>**UL File**<br>**Reference**<br>**Main Terminal Size**<br>**(Per Phase)**<br>**Standard**<br>**Package Quantity**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**<br>**Spaces**<br>**Single Poles**<br>**Single-Phase Single Row Breaker Mounting—120/240 Vac, Three-Wire**<br>70<br>2<br>4<br>E8741<br>(1) #8–#2 AWG Cu/Al<br>20<br>**24INT70B**<br>125<br>2<br>4<br>E8741<br>(1) 1/0–#14 AWG Cu<br>2/0–12 AWG All<br>20<br>**24INT125B**<br>125<br>6<br>12<br>E52977<br>(1) 2/0–#14 AWG Cu/Al<br>20<br>**612INT125SRB**<br>**Single-Phase Double Row Breaker Mounting—120/240 Vac, Three-Wire**<br>125<br>4<br>8<br>E8741<br>(1) 2/0–#14 AWG Cu/Al<br>20<br>**48INT125B**<br>125<br>6<br>12<br>E8741<br>(1) 2/0–#14 AWG Cu/Al<br>20<br>**612INT125B**<br>**BR Loadcenter**<br>**Interior Assembly**~~a~~|**Type BR Loadcenter Interior Assemblies—Aluminum Bus**<br>**Ampere**<br>**Rating**<br>**Maximum Number 1-Inch (24.5 mm)**<br>**UL File**<br>**Reference**<br>**Main Terminal Size**<br>**(Per Phase)**<br>**Standard**<br>**Package Quantity**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**<br>**Spaces**<br>**Single Poles**<br>**Single-Phase Single Row Breaker Mounting—120/240 Vac, Three-Wire**<br>70<br>2<br>4<br>E8741<br>(1) #8–#2 AWG Cu/Al<br>20<br>**24INT70B**<br>125<br>2<br>4<br>E8741<br>(1) 1/0–#14 AWG Cu<br>2/0–12 AWG All<br>20<br>**24INT125B**<br>125<br>6<br>12<br>E52977<br>(1) 2/0–#14 AWG Cu/Al<br>20<br>**612INT125SRB**<br>**Single-Phase Double Row Breaker Mounting—120/240 Vac, Three-Wire**<br>125<br>4<br>8<br>E8741<br>(1) 2/0–#14 AWG Cu/Al<br>20<br>**48INT125B**<br>125<br>6<br>12<br>E8741<br>(1) 2/0–#14 AWG Cu/Al<br>20<br>**612INT125B**<br>**BR Loadcenter**<br>**Interior Assembly**~~a~~|**Type BR Loadcenter Interior Assemblies—Aluminum Bus**<br>**Ampere**<br>**Rating**<br>**Maximum Number 1-Inch (24.5 mm)**<br>**UL File**<br>**Reference**<br>**Main Terminal Size**<br>**(Per Phase)**<br>**Standard**<br>**Package Quantity**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**<br>**Spaces**<br>**Single Poles**<br>**Single-Phase Single Row Breaker Mounting—120/240 Vac, Three-Wire**<br>70<br>2<br>4<br>E8741<br>(1) #8–#2 AWG Cu/Al<br>20<br>**24INT70B**<br>125<br>2<br>4<br>E8741<br>(1) 1/0–#14 AWG Cu<br>2/0–12 AWG All<br>20<br>**24INT125B**<br>125<br>6<br>12<br>E52977<br>(1) 2/0–#14 AWG Cu/Al<br>20<br>**612INT125SRB**<br>**Single-Phase Double Row Breaker Mounting—120/240 Vac, Three-Wire**<br>125<br>4<br>8<br>E8741<br>(1) 2/0–#14 AWG Cu/Al<br>20<br>**48INT125B**<br>125<br>6<br>12<br>E8741<br>(1) 2/0–#14 AWG Cu/Al<br>20<br>**612INT125B**<br>**BR Loadcenter**<br>**Interior Assembly**~~a~~|**Type BR Loadcenter Interior Assemblies—Aluminum Bus**<br>**Ampere**<br>**Rating**<br>**Maximum Number 1-Inch (24.5 mm)**<br>**UL File**<br>**Reference**<br>**Main Terminal Size**<br>**(Per Phase)**<br>**Standard**<br>**Package Quantity**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**<br>**Spaces**<br>**Single Poles**<br>**Single-Phase Single Row Breaker Mounting—120/240 Vac, Three-Wire**<br>70<br>2<br>4<br>E8741<br>(1) #8–#2 AWG Cu/Al<br>20<br>**24INT70B**<br>125<br>2<br>4<br>E8741<br>(1) 1/0–#14 AWG Cu<br>2/0–12 AWG All<br>20<br>**24INT125B**<br>125<br>6<br>12<br>E52977<br>(1) 2/0–#14 AWG Cu/Al<br>20<br>**612INT125SRB**<br>**Single-Phase Double Row Breaker Mounting—120/240 Vac, Three-Wire**<br>125<br>4<br>8<br>E8741<br>(1) 2/0–#14 AWG Cu/Al<br>20<br>**48INT125B**<br>125<br>6<br>12<br>E8741<br>(1) 2/0–#14 AWG Cu/Al<br>20<br>**612INT125B**<br>**BR Loadcenter**<br>**Interior Assembly**~~a~~|**Type BR Loadcenter Interior Assemblies—Aluminum Bus**<br>**Ampere**<br>**Rating**<br>**Maximum Number 1-Inch (24.5 mm)**<br>**UL File**<br>**Reference**<br>**Main Terminal Size**<br>**(Per Phase)**<br>**Standard**<br>**Package Quantity**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**<br>**Spaces**<br>**Single Poles**<br>**Single-Phase Single Row Breaker Mounting—120/240 Vac, Three-Wire**<br>70<br>2<br>4<br>E8741<br>(1) #8–#2 AWG Cu/Al<br>20<br>**24INT70B**<br>125<br>2<br>4<br>E8741<br>(1) 1/0–#14 AWG Cu<br>2/0–12 AWG All<br>20<br>**24INT125B**<br>125<br>6<br>12<br>E52977<br>(1) 2/0–#14 AWG Cu/Al<br>20<br>**612INT125SRB**<br>**Single-Phase Double Row Breaker Mounting—120/240 Vac, Three-Wire**<br>125<br>4<br>8<br>E8741<br>(1) 2/0–#14 AWG Cu/Al<br>20<br>**48INT125B**<br>125<br>6<br>12<br>E8741<br>(1) 2/0–#14 AWG Cu/Al<br>20<br>**612INT125B**<br>**BR Loadcenter**<br>**Interior Assembly**~~a~~|**Type BR Loadcenter Interior Assemblies—Aluminum Bus**<br>**Ampere**<br>**Rating**<br>**Maximum Number 1-Inch (24.5 mm)**<br>**UL File**<br>**Reference**<br>**Main Terminal Size**<br>**(Per Phase)**<br>**Standard**<br>**Package Quantity**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**<br>**Spaces**<br>**Single Poles**<br>**Single-Phase Single Row Breaker Mounting—120/240 Vac, Three-Wire**<br>70<br>2<br>4<br>E8741<br>(1) #8–#2 AWG Cu/Al<br>20<br>**24INT70B**<br>125<br>2<br>4<br>E8741<br>(1) 1/0–#14 AWG Cu<br>2/0–12 AWG All<br>20<br>**24INT125B**<br>125<br>6<br>12<br>E52977<br>(1) 2/0–#14 AWG Cu/Al<br>20<br>**612INT125SRB**<br>**Single-Phase Double Row Breaker Mounting—120/240 Vac, Three-Wire**<br>125<br>4<br>8<br>E8741<br>(1) 2/0–#14 AWG Cu/Al<br>20<br>**48INT125B**<br>125<br>6<br>12<br>E8741<br>(1) 2/0–#14 AWG Cu/Al<br>20<br>**612INT125B**<br>**BR Loadcenter**<br>**Interior Assembly**~~a~~|**1**<br>**1**<br>**1**<br>**1**<br>**1**<br>**1**|
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
||125<br>8|16|E8741|(1) 2/0–#14 AWG Cu/Al|20|**816INT125B**|**1**|
||125<br>12|12|E52977|(1) 2/0–#14 AWG Cu/Al|20|**1212INT125B**||
||125<br>12|24|E52977|(1) 2/0–#14 AWG Cu/Al|20|**1224INT125B**|**1**|
||125<br>16|24|E52977|(1) 2/0–#14 AWG Cu/Al|20|**1624INT125B**||
||125<br>20|24|E52977|(1) 2/0–#14 AWG Cu/Al|10|**2024INT125B**|**1**|
||125<br>24<br>200<br>8|24<br>16|E52977<br>E52977|(1) 2/0–#14 AWG Cu/Al<br>(1) 300 kcmil–#1 AWG Cu/Al|10<br>20|**2424INT125B**<br>**816INT200B**|**1**|
||200<br>12|24|E52977|(1) 300 kcmil–#1 AWG Cu/Al|20|**1224INT200B**|**1**|
||200<br>30|40|E52977|(1) 300 kcmil–#1 AWG Cu/Al|10|**3040INT200B**||
||225<br>42|42|E52977|(1) 300 kcmil–#1 AWG Cu/Al|10|**4242INT225B**|**1**|
||**Three-Phase Double Row Breaker Mounting—208Y/120 Vac, Four-Wire—240 Vac, Three-Wire—**<br>**120/240 Vac, Four-Wire Delta**||||||**1**|
||125<br>12|24|E52977|(1) 2/0–#8 AWG Cu/Al|10|**1224INT3125B**||
||150<br>18|36|E52977|(1) 300 kcmil–#2 AWG Cu/Al|10|**1836INT3150B**|**1**|
||150<br>24<br>200<br>30|42<br>42|E52977<br>E52977|(1) 300 kcmil–#2 AWG Cu/Al<br>(1) 300 kcmil–#2 AWG Cu/Al|10<br>10|**2442INT3150B**<br>**3042INT3200B**|**1**|
||225<br>42|42|E52977|(1) 300 kcmil–#2 AWG Cu/Al|10|**4242INT3225B**|**1**|
||**Type BR Loadcenter Interior Assemblies—Copper Bus**||||||**1**|
||**Ampere**<br>**Maximum Number 1-Inch (24.5 mm)**|**Maximum Number 1-Inch (24.5 mm)**|**UL File**|**Main Terminal Size**|**Standard**|**Catalog**|**1**|
||**Rating**<br>**Spaces**|**Single Poles**|**Reference**|**(Per Phase)**|**Package Quantity**|**Number**||
||**Single-Phase Double Row Breaker Mounting—120/240 Vac, Three-Wire**||||||**1**|
||125<br>8|16|E5297|(1) 2/0–#14 AWG Cu/Al|20|**816INT125BC**||
||125<br>12|12|E5297|(1) 2/0–#14 AWG Cu/Al|20|**1212INT125BC**|**1**|
||200<br>12|24|E5297|(1) 300 kcmil–#1 AWG Cu/Al|20|**1224INT200BC**|**1**|
||**Three-Phase Double Row Breaker Mounting—208Y/120 Vac, Four-Wire—240 Vac, Three-Wire—**|||||||
||**120/240 Vac, Four-Wire Delta**<br>125<br>12|24|E52977|(1) 2/0–#8 AWG Cu/Al|10|**1224INT3125BC**|**1**|
||200<br>12|24|E52977|(1) 300 kcmil–#2 AWG Cu/Al|10|**1224INT3200BC**|**1**|



**Volume 1—Residential and Light Commercial** CA08100002E—April 2017 www.eaton.com 

**V1-T1-91** 

Loadcenters and Circuit Breakers 

1.3 

Loadcenter Interiors/OEM Loadcenters 

||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|**Neutral Assemblies**<br>**Ampere**<br>**Rating**<br>**UL**<br>**File**<br>**Rating**<br>**Main Incoming Terminal**<br>**Wire Size Range**<br>**60 °C or 75 °C**<br>**Number of Terminals**<br>**#14–4 AWG**<br>**Cu/Al**<br>**#6–1/0 AWG C**<br>**#6–2/0 AWG A**|||||**Standard**<br>**Package**<br>**Quantity**<br>**Figure**<br>**Dimensions–Inches (mm)**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**<br>**u**<br>**l**<br>**Overall**<br>**Length**<br>**A**<br>**Mounting**<br>**B**||
|125<br>E52977<br>#6–1/0 AWG Cu<br>#6–2/0 AWG Al<br>10<br>—|||||20<br>1<br>5.938 (150.83)<br>5.400 (137.16)<br>**10NEU125B**||
|125<br>E52977<br>#6–1/0 AWG Cu<br>#6–2/0 AWG Al<br>17<br>—|||||20<br>1<br>8.388 (213.06)<br>7.850 (199.40)<br>**17NEU125B**||
|125<br>E52977<br>#6–1/0 AWG Cu<br>#6–2/0 AWG Al<br>20<br>—|||||20<br>1<br>9.438 (239.73)<br>8.900 (226.06)<br>**20NEU125B**||
|225<br>E52977<br>#1–300 kcmil Cu/Al<br>24<br>1|||||20<br>2<br>10.913 (277.19)<br>10.300 (261.62)<br>**24NEU225B**||
|225<br>E52977<br>#1–300 kcmil Cu/Al<br>35<br>1|||||20<br>2<br>15.813 (401.65)<br>15.200 (386.08)<br>**35NEU225B**||
|125|—<br>—|4<br>2|||1<br>3<br>2.266 (57.56)<br>0.594 (15.09)<br>**BINA**||
|**Figure 1**|A|.269<br>(6.83)<br>.844<br>(21.44)<br>2.360<br>(59.94)<br>CLof Mounting Hole<br><br>)<br>.344<br>(8.74)<br>1.750<br>(44.45)<br>2.860<br>(72.64)<br>.250<br>(6.35)<br>.120<br>(3.05)<br>.750<br>(19.05)<br>.344<br>(8.74)<br>CLo<br>**Figure 2**||||CL<br>of<br>Mounting<br>Hole<br>.269<br>(6.83)<br>.844<br>(21.44)<br>2.360<br>(59.94)|
||B<br>|.2<br>(6.<br>.8<br>|.3<br>(8.<br>1.7<br>(44<br>2.<br>(7|44<br>74)<br>|B<br>A|.2<br>(6.<br>|
||||||||
|CLof Mountin|g Hole|(21<br>2.<br>(59<br>CLof Mo||50<br>.45)||.8<br>(21<br>2.3<br>(59|
|||||860<br>2.64)|||
|**Figure 3**|||||.182 Diameter<br>(4.62)<br>1.750<br>(44.45)<br>f Mounting Hole||
||||.7<br>(19<br>|.250<br>(6.35)<br>50<br><br>CLo||CL<br>of<br>Mounting<br>Hole|
||1.182<br>(30.02)<br>||||||
|B|1.187<br>(30.15)<br>000<br>.80)<br>.156<br>(3.96<br>.688<br>(17.47)|||.05)<br>|||
|2|00|||44<br>74)|||
|.<br>(50|||||||



**Volume 1—Residential and Light Commercial** CA08100002E—April 2017 www.eaton.com 

**V1-T1-92** 

Loadcenters and Circuit Breakers 

1.3 

Loadcenter Interiors/OEM Loadcenters 

**1** 

|**Add-on Lugs for Neutral Assemblies**|**Add-on Lugs for Neutral Assemblies**|||
|---|---|---|---|
||**Wire Size Range**|**Ordering**|**Catalog**|
|**Description**|**Cu/Al 60 °C or 75 °C**|**Quantity**1|**Number**|
|Neutral/ground lug|#2/0 maximum|1|**NL20**|
|Add-on neutral or ground lug|#3/0 maximum|1|**NL30**|
||300 kcmil maximum|1|**NL300**|



**GBK14 BRGBK39512** 

## **Ground Bar Kits** 

|**Description**<br>**(See Legend)**|**Description**<br>**(See Legend)**||dssssds|**Length**<br>**Inches (mm)**<br> 2.54 (64.5)|**Ordering**<br>**Quantity**1<br>1|**Catalog**<br>**Number**<br>**GBK5**2|
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
||||dssssdsj|3.59 (91.2)|1|**GBK520**2|
||||dssssdssssss <br>dssssdssssssj|4.29 (109.0)<br> 5.34 (135.6)|1<br>1|**GBK10**2<br>**GBK1020**2|
||||f<br>d<br>f<br>f<br>f<br>k<br>f<br>d<br>f<br>k<br>f<br>f<br>f|4.61 (117.1)|1|**GBK13**2|
||||dssssdssssssssss|5.69 (144.5)|1|**GBK14**2|
|||dssssdssssssssssj||6.74 (171.2)|1|**GBK1420**2|
|dssssdsssssssssssssssss||||8.14 (206.8)|1|**GBK21**2|
|dssssdsssssssssssssssssj||||9.19 (233.4)|1|**GBK2120**2|
|f<br>k<br>f|d|f|k<br>f<br>f<br>f<br>k<br>f<br>d<br>f<br>k<br>f<br>f<br>f<br>k<br>f|5.78 (146.8)|1|**BRGBK39512**34|



## **Ground Bar Legend** 

- s (3) #14–10 Cu/Al or (1) #14–4 Cu/Al j (1) #6–2/0 Cu/Al 

- (1) #14–1/0 Cu/Al or (3) #14–10 Cu/Al 

- (1) #14–6 Cu/Al or (2) #14–12 Cu/Al 

- d Mounting Hole 

## _**Notes**_ 

- 1   Must be purchased in multiples of ordering quantities indicated. 

- 2   Distance between mounting holes is 1.75 inches (44.5 mm). 

- 3   For single- and three-phase 400 and 600 A applications. 

- 4   Distance between mounting holes is 2.34 inches (59.5 mm). 

**Volume 1—Residential and Light Commercial** CA08100002E—April 2017 www.eaton.com 

**V1-T1-93** 

Loadcenters and Circuit Breakers 

1.4 

Enclosed Breakers 

**1** ~~=~~ 

**==> picture [82 x 24] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
° Enclosed Breakers<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


## **Contents** 

## _**Description**_ 

## _**Page**_ 

Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . **V1-T1-95** Dimensions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . **V1-T1-95** 

## **Product Overview** 

Eaton enclosed breakers offer all the advantages of circuit breakers packed in an enclosure for 240 Vac applications and include a wide range of accessories. 

## **Product Description** 

- 100–225 A, 240 Vac maximum 

- NEMA 1 general purpose— surface or flush mounting 

- NEMA 3R rainproof surface mounting 

## **Standards and Certifications** 

- UL 489 

- CSA 22.2 

- NEMA 250 

**Volume 1—Residential and Light Commercial** CA08100002E—April 2017 www.eaton.com 

**V1-T1-94** 

Loadcenters and Circuit Breakers 

1.4 

Enclosed Breakers 

## **Product Selection** 

**1** 

## _**Single-Phase and Three-Phase Circuit Breaker Enclosures—10/25 kAIC**_ 

## **ECC225R** 

## **Type ECC Circuit Breaker Enclosure—Order Type CC Circuit Breaker Separately** 

|**Main Ampere**<br>**Rating**|**Unit Enclosure**<br>**Type**|**Mounting**<br>**Type**|**Circuit**<br>**Breaker Type**|**Wire Size Range**<br>**Cu/Al 60 °C or 75 °C**|**Catalog**<br>**Number**|
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|**Single- and Three-Phase—240 Vac Maximum**<br>100|**Single- and Three-Phase—240 Vac Maximum**<br>Indoor|**Single- and Three-Phase—240 Vac Maximum**<br>Surface|CCVH factory installed (25 kAIC)|#4–4/0|**ECCVH100S**123|
|150|Indoor|Surface|CCVH factory installed (25 kAIC)|#4–4/0|**ECCVH150S**123|
|200|Indoor|Surface|CCVH factory installed (25 kAIC)|#2/0–300 kcmil|**ECCVH200S**123|
|100|Outdoor|—|CCVH factory installed (25 kAIC)|#4–4/0|**ECCVH100R**124|
|150|Outdoor|—|CCVH factory installed (25 kAIC)|#4–4/0|**ECCVH150R**124|
|200|Outdoor|—|CCVH factory installed (25 kAIC)|#2/0–300 kcmil|**ECCVH200R**124|
|225<br>225|Indoor<br>Indoor|Flush<br>Surface|CC/CCV/CCH<br>CC/CCV/CCH|6<br>6|**ECC225F**235<br>**ECC225S**235|
|225|Outdoor|—|CC/CCV/CCH|6|**ECC225R**2345|



**CCV2200 Circuit Breaker 240 Vac for Use in Type ECC Enclosures** 

**Shunt Trips and Auxiliary Contacts** 

|**Type ECC Enclosures**|**Type ECC Enclosures**|**Type ECC Enclosures**||**Description**|**Catalog Number**|
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|**Ampere**<br>**Rating**|**Wire Size**<br>**Range**<br>**Cu/Al 60 °C**<br>**or 75 °C**<br>**for Line**<br>**Terminals**|**Type CCV and**<br>**CC 10 kAIC**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**|**Type**<br>**CCVH/CCH**<br>**25 kAIC**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**|**Suffix Adder**7<br>**Type**<br>**Volts**<br>**Shunt Trip**<br>CC<br>12 DC<br>**SR12**<br>CC<br>24 DC<br>**SR24**<br>~~©»~~<br>»~~O_o~~||
|**Two-Pole**<br>~~SEU~~|~~SEU~~|~~SEU~~|~~SEU~~|CC<br>120 AC<br>~~SEU~~|**SR01**<br>~~SEU~~|
|60<br>70|#4–4/0|**CCV2060**<br>**CCV2070**|**CCVH2060**<br>**CCVH2070**|CC<br>208 AC<br>**SR08**<br>CC<br>240 AC<br>**SR02**<br>~~a~~||
|80||**CCV2080**|**CCVH2080**|CCV<br>48–127 AC/48–60 DC|**SR01**|
|90||**CCV2090**|**CCVH2090**|CCV<br>9–24 AC/12–24 DC|**SR02**|
|100<br>125||**CCV2100**<br>**CCV2125**|**CCVH2100**<br>**CCVH2125**|CCV<br>208–380 AC/100–127 DC<br>**Auxiliary Contact**|**SR04**|
|150||**CCV2150**|**CCVH2150**|CC 1NO and 1NC<br>—|**AL1**|
|175|#2/0–300 kcmil|**CCV2175**|**CCVH2175**|||
|200<br>225||**CCV2200**<br>**CCV2225**|**CCVH2200**<br>**CCVH2225**|**Dimensions**||
|**Three-Pole**||||Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)||
|100|#4–4/0|**CC3100**|**CCH3100**|**ECC Unit Enclosures—NEMA Type 1 Indoor**||
|125||**CC3125**|**CCH3125**|**Height**<br>**Width**|**Depth**|
|150||**CC3150**|**CCH3150**|23.25 (590.6)<br>8.88 (225.4)|4.50 (114.3)|
|175|#2/0–300 kcmil|**CC3175**|**CCH3175**|||
|200<br>225||**CC3200**<br>**CC3225**|**CCH3200**<br>**CCH3225**|**ECC Unit Enclosures—NEMA Type 3R Outdoor**<br>**Height**<br>**Width**<br>**Depth**||



|**Height**|**Width**|**Depth**|
|---|---|---|
|23.25 (590.6)|8.88 (225.4)|4.50 (114.3)|
|**ECC Unit Enclosures—NEMA Type 3R Outdoor**|**ECC Unit Enclosures—NEMA Type 3R Outdoor**||
|**Height**|**Width**|**Depth**|
|23.68 (601.7)|9.31 (236.5)|5.44 (138.1)|



## _**Notes**_ 

- 1 Factory installed CCVH breaker. 

- 2 Approved for service entrance. 

- 3 One ground lug accepting (1) #14–#2 is factory installed. Also, there are pre-drilled holes to accept a GBK5 ground bar. 

- 4 Rainproof panels are furnished with hub closures plates. For rainproof hubs, refer to **Page V1-T1-66** . 

- 5 Order circuit breaker separately. 

- 6 Wire size is determined by the circuit breaker installed in enclosure. 

- 7 Add suffix indicated to end of breaker catalog number. 

**Volume 1—Residential and Light Commercial** CA08100002E—April 2017 www.eaton.com 

**V1-T1-95** 

1.5 

Classified Circuit Breakers 

## Loadcenters and Circuit Breakers 

**1** 

## **Classified Breakers** 

## **Contents** 

|**Contents**||
|---|---|
|**_Description_**|**_Page_**|
|Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V1-T1-97**|
|Accessories  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V1-T1-99**|
|Technical Data. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V1-T1-99**|
|Wiring Diagrams . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V1-T1-100**|



## **Product Description** 

Eaton UL classified 

Replacement Circuit Breakers are available in both 3/4-inch Type CHQ and 1-inch Type CL, single- and two-pole configurations. These breakers are classified as direct replacements by Underwriters Laboratories. In addition to a UL listing, they also come with a 15-year warranty. 

## **Specified vs. UL Classified** 

## **Testing** 

Specified breakers are listed Classified breakers are by the manufacturer of the tested extensively in panelboard for use in a numerous General Electric[®] , particular panel. This doesn’t Siemens[®] , Murray[®] , mean that the panelboard Thomas & Betts[®] , Square D[®] , manufacturer produced the and Crouse-Hinds[®] panels. specified breaker; it merely The tests are conducted with means that the panelboard witnesses from Underwriters manufacturer has tested the Laboratories Inc. and involve breaker in the panel. In fact, short-circuit, temperature, through the years, Eaton has and insertion/withdrawal manufactured thousands of applications. This level of breakers for other panelboard testing ensures that the manufacturers. breakers meet identified standards and have been UL classified breakers found suitable by UL for are produced by one the specified purpose. manufacturer for use in place of the breakers specified on the panelboard. Like specified breakers, UL classified breakers have been tested in the panels for which they are approved. 

## **Understanding Classified Breaker Terminology** 

## _**Definitions**_ 

Specified circuit breaker— each manufacturer lists the brands of circuit breakers that can be used in their panelboards. Often, manufacturers will not list competitors as specified, even though they are suitable replacements. 

Classified circuit breaker— a breaker that is considered suitable, by a qualified thirdparty organization, for use in another manufacturer’s panelboard. 

Listed breaker—the listing of a circuit breaker is by an independent third party. Eaton classified breakers are listed by UL. 

Labeled breaker—a breaker with a label affixed by an independent third party. 

**Volume 1—Residential and Light Commercial** CA08100002E—April 2017 www.eaton.com 

**V1-T1-96** 

Loadcenters and Circuit Breakers 

1.5 

Classified Circuit Breakers 

## **Product Selection** 

**1** 

## **Type CHQ Replacement Breakers for Square D Type QO Loadcenters** 

## _**10 kAIC, 120 and 120/240 Vac**_ 

**CHQ120 CHQ230 Type CHQ Classified Breakers 3/4-Inch (19.1 mm) per Pole 120 or 120/240 Vac, 10 kAIC** 

|||**Single-Pole 120/240 Vac**|**Two-Pole 120/240 Vac**|
|---|---|---|---|
|||**Requires One**|**Common Trip Requires Two**|
|||**3/4-Inch (19.1 mm) Space**|**3/4-Inch (19.1 mm) Spaces**|
|**Ampere**|**Wire Size Range**|**10 per Shelf Carton**|**5 per Shelf Carton**|
|**Rating**|**Cu/Al 60 °C or 75 °C**|**Catalog Number**|**Catalog Number**|
|15|(1) #14–8|**CHQ115**|**CHQ215**|
|20|(2) #14–10|**CHQ120**|**CHQ220**|
|25||**CHQ125**|**CHQ225**|
|30||**CHQ130**|**CHQ230**|
|35||**CHQ135**|**CHQ235**|
|40||**CHQ140**|**CHQ240**|
|45||**CHQ145**|**CHQ245**|
|50||**CHQ150**|**CHQ250**|
|60||**—**|**CHQ260**|



## **Type CHQ Surge Arrester** 

**Catalog Number** 

**CHQSA** 

**Volume 1—Residential and Light Commercial** CA08100002E—April 2017 www.eaton.com 

**V1-T1-97** 

Loadcenters and Circuit Breakers 

1.5 

Classified Circuit Breakers 

**1** 

**Type CL Replacement Breakers for Square D HOMELINE, General Electric, Crouse-Hinds, Thomas & Betts, Murray and ITE**[®] **/Siemens Loadcenters** 

|**CL_**<br>j|**CL_**<br>j|**Type CL Breakers, 1-Inch (25.4 mm) per Pole, 10 kAIC**<br>**Ampere**<br>**Rating**<br>15<br>20<br>25<br>30|**Type CL Breakers, 1-Inch (25.4 mm) per Pole, 10 kAIC**<br>**Wire Size**<br>**Range Cu/Al**<br>**60 °C or 75 °C**<br>**Single-Pole 120/240 V**<br>**Requires One**<br>**1-Inch (25.4 mm) Space**<br>**10 per Shelf Carton**<br>**Catalog Number**<br>#14–4<br>**CL115**<br>#14–4<br>**CL120**<br>#14–4<br>**CL125**<br>#14–4<br>**CL130**<br>~~_~~|**Type CL Breakers, 1-Inch (25.4 mm) per Pole, 10 kAIC**<br>**Wire Size**<br>**Range Cu/Al**<br>**60 °C or 75 °C**<br>**Single-Pole 120/240 V**<br>**Requires One**<br>**1-Inch (25.4 mm) Space**<br>**10 per Shelf Carton**<br>**Catalog Number**<br>#14–4<br>**CL115**<br>#14–4<br>**CL120**<br>#14–4<br>**CL125**<br>#14–4<br>**CL130**<br>~~_~~|**Type CL Breakers, 1-Inch (25.4 mm) per Pole, 10 kAIC**<br>**Two-Pole 120/240 V**<br>**Common Trip Requires Two**<br>**1-Inch (25.4 mm) Spaces**<br>**5 per Shelf Carton**<br>**Catalog Number**<br>**CL215**<br>**CL220**<br>**CL225**<br>**CL230**<br>~~he~~|
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|||35|#14–4|**CL135**|**CL235**|
|||40|#14–4|**CL140**|**CL240**|
|||45|#14–4|**CL145**|**CL245**|
|||50|#14–4|**CL150**|**CL250**|



**CL_AF Type CL Classified Arc and Ground Fault Breakers (5 Milliampere), 1-Inch (25.4 mm) per Pole, 10 kAIC** 

|**Ampere**<br>**Rating**|**Wire Size**<br>**Range Cu/Al**<br>**60 °C or 75 °C**|**Single-Pole 120/240 V**<br>**Requires One 1-Inch (25.4 mm) Space**<br>**1 per Shelf Carton**<br>**Catalog Number**|
|---|---|---|
|**Arc Fault Breakers**|||
|15|#14–4|**CL115AF**|
|20<br>20|#14–4<br>#14–4|**CL115CAF**<br>**CL120AF**|
|20|#14–4|**CL120CAF**|
|**Ground Fault Breakers**|**Ground Fault Breakers**||
|15|#14–4|**CL115GFT**|
|20|#14–4|**CL120GFT**|
|30|#14–4|**CL130GFT**|



**Type CL Classified Latching Remote Control Smart Breakers™,** 

**CLR_** 

|**CLR_**|**1-Inch (25.4 mm) per Pole, 10 kAIC**<br>~~LA.~~|~~he~~|
|---|---|---|
||**Single-Pole 120 V**|**Two-Pole 120/240 V**|
|**Ampere**<br>**Rating**<br>**Wire Size**<br>**Range Cu/Al**<br>**60 °C or 75 °C**<br>**Requires One**<br>**1-Inch (25.4 mm) Space**<br>**10 per Shelf Carton**<br>**Catalog Number**<br>**Common Trip Requires Two**<br>**1-Inch (25.4 mm) Spaces**<br>**5 per Shelf Carton**<br>**Catalog Number**<br>15<br>(2) #14–10<br>**CLRP115**<br>**CLRP215**<br>~~ae~~|||
||20<br>(2) #14–10<br>**CLRP120**|**CLRP220**|
||25<br>(1) #8–6<br>**CLRP125**<br>30<br>(1) #8–6<br>**CLRP130**|**CLRP225**<br>**CLRP230**|



**Volume 1—Residential and Light Commercial** CA08100002E—April 2017 www.eaton.com 

**V1-T1-98** 

Loadcenters and Circuit Breakers 

1.5 

Classified Circuit Breakers 

## **Accessories** 

|**CHQ Breaker**|**Accessories**|
|---|---|
||**Catalog**|
|**Description**|**Number**|
|Breaker handle lock|**CHLO**|



## **Technical Data** 

## **Arc Fault Application Notes** 

An arc fault circuit interrupter is a device intended to provide protection from the effects of arc faults by recognizing characteristics unique to arcing and by functioning to de-energize the circuit when the arc fault is detected. As of January 1, 2002, the National Electrical Code (NEC) requires all branch circuits that supply 125 V, single-phase, 15 and 20 A receptacle outlets installed in dwelling unit bedrooms shall be protected by an arc fault circuit interrupter(s). This includes ceiling lighting (recessed, ceiling fans, etc.) as well as smoke detectors and all other bedroom outlets. The 2005 NEC introduced the application of the Combination Type AFCI for bedroom circuits required as of January 1, 2008. The 2008 NEC expands this application to other living areas. 

## **Ground Fault Application Notes** 

Single-pole GFTCBs are designed for use in two-wire, 120 Vac circuits. Drawing on **Page V1-T1-100** shows a typical wiring configuration. 

Two-pole GFTCBs are designed for use in threewire, 120/240 Vac circuits, 120 Vac multiwire circuits employing common, neutral and two-wire, 240 Vac circuits obtained from a 120/240 Vac source. 

Drawings on **Page V1-T1-100** illustrate typical wiring configurations for 120/240 Vac multiwire circuits. 

Drawing on **Page V1-T1-100** depicts a 240 Vac, two-wire circuit. Note the “panel neutral” conductor connects to the neutral bar, even though the neutral is not included in the load circuit. This connection is necessary to supply a 120 Vac power source to the ground fault sensing circuit. 

**1** 

The figures are shown with a 120/240 Vac, single-phase, three-wire power source, ut are also applicable to a 120/208 Vac, three-phase, four-wire power supply. For all figures, the electrical operation of the GFTCB is not affected by the equipment ground. 

**Volume 1—Residential and Light Commercial** CA08100002E—April 2017 www.eaton.com 

**V1-T1-99** 

Loadcenters and Circuit Breakers 

Classified Circuit Breakers 

## 1.5 

**1** 

## **Wiring Diagrams** 

**Single-Pole 120 V Load Application Sourced by 120/240 Vac** 

**==> picture [175 x 110] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
120/240 Vac<br>Source<br>N A B<br>Line B<br>Single-Pole<br>Neutral 120V<br>Duplex<br>Neutral Receptacle<br>Equipment Ground<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


## **Two-Pole Shared Neutral with Multi-Duplex Receptacle Application** 

**==> picture [188 x 132] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
120/240 Vac<br>Source<br>N A B<br>Line B<br>Two-Pole<br>Neutral Two 120V<br>Duplex<br>Neutral Receptacles<br>Line A<br>Equipment Ground<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


**Single-Pole 120 V Duplex Receptacle Application** 

**==> picture [175 x 95] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
120/240 Vac<br>Source<br>N A B<br>Line B<br>Single-Pole<br>Neutral 120V<br>Duplex<br>Neutral Receptacle<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


**Two-Pole 120 V Multi-Duplex Receptacle Application** 

**==> picture [181 x 129] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
120/240 Vac<br>Source<br>N A B<br>Line B<br>Two-Pole<br>Neutral Two 120V<br>Duplex<br>Neutral Receptacles<br>Line A<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


## **Two-Pole 240 V Load Application Sourced by 120/240 Vac** 

**==> picture [167 x 112] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
120/240 Vac<br>Source<br>N A B<br>Line B<br>Two-Pole<br>Line A 240V<br>Duplex<br>Neutral Receptacle<br>Equipment Ground<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


## **Two-Pole Shared Neutral with Duplex Receptacle Application** 

**==> picture [203 x 114] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
120/240 Vac<br>Source<br>N A B<br>Line B<br>Line A<br>Two-Pole<br>Neutral 120V Duplex<br>Receptacle<br>Neutral (With Line Side<br>Jumper Removed)<br>Equipment Ground<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


## **Two-Pole 120 V Duplex Receptacle Application** 

**==> picture [203 x 102] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
120/240 Vac<br>Source<br>N A B<br>Line B<br>Line A<br>Two-Pole<br>Neutral 120V Duplex<br>Receptacle<br>Neutral (With Line Side<br>Jumper Removed)<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


**Two-Pole 240 V Duplex Receptacle Application** 

**==> picture [167 x 94] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
120/240 Vac<br>Source<br>N A B<br>Line B<br>Two-Pole<br>Line A 240V<br>Duplex<br>Neutral Receptacle<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


**Volume 1—Residential and Light Commercial** CA08100002E—April 2017 www.eaton.com 

**V1-T1-100**
Updated at June 9, 2026
About Novapart

Novapart is a B2B electronic component broker specialising in stock shortages and cost reduction. We source hard-to-find parts and identify compliant alternatives across a catalogue of 410,000+ components from 500+ manufacturers.
Learn more →
Stock Shortage Specialist

When a component is unavailable, discontinued or has an unacceptable lead time, we tap into our network of vetted European and Asian distributors to source what you need — without compromising on quality or traceability.
Request a quote →
Compliant Alternatives

We identify pin-to-pin, electrically equivalent substitutes that meet the same certifications (RoHS, AEC-Q100, REACH) as your original specification — validated against datasheets, not just part numbers. Often at a lower cost.
BOM Analysis service →